[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2018199316A1 - Curable composition, planographic printing master plate, method for manufacturing planographic printing plate, and salt compound - Google Patents

Curable composition, planographic printing master plate, method for manufacturing planographic printing plate, and salt compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018199316A1
WO2018199316A1 PCT/JP2018/017286 JP2018017286W WO2018199316A1 WO 2018199316 A1 WO2018199316 A1 WO 2018199316A1 JP 2018017286 W JP2018017286 W JP 2018017286W WO 2018199316 A1 WO2018199316 A1 WO 2018199316A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
printing plate
lithographic printing
compound
curable composition
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2018/017286
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
洋平 石地
啓介 野越
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Fujifilm Corp
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of WO2018199316A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018199316A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C1/00Forme preparation
    • B41C1/10Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme
    • B41C1/1008Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/04Oxygen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/09Carboxylic acids; Metal salts thereof; Anhydrides thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C1/00Forme preparation
    • B41C1/10Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme
    • B41C1/1008Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials
    • B41C1/1016Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials characterised by structural details, e.g. protective layers, backcoat layers or several imaging layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/02Cover layers; Protective layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/10Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes characterised by inorganic compounds, e.g. pigments
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/14Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes characterised by macromolecular organic compounds, e.g. binder, adhesives
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/04Negative working, i.e. the non-exposed (non-imaged) areas are removed
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/08Developable by water or the fountain solution
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/22Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation characterised by organic non-macromolecular additives, e.g. dyes, UV-absorbers, plasticisers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a curable composition, a lithographic printing plate precursor, a method of preparing a lithographic printing plate, and a salt compound.
  • a curable composition in particular, a photocurable composition is a composition having a property of curing an irradiated part by irradiation of light, and a coating liquid formed by appropriately dissolving or dispersing this composition in a solvent is used.
  • the photocurable film can be formed by coating on a suitable support and drying to form an image forming material.
  • the image forming material include an image forming material utilizing curing by image exposure such as a lithographic printing plate precursor, a printed wiring board, a color filter, a photomask and the like.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor will be described as an example.
  • a lithographic printing plate comprises an oleophilic image area that receives ink during the printing process and a hydrophilic non-image area that receives dampening water.
  • the lipophilic image area of the lithographic printing plate is an ink receiving area
  • the hydrophilic non-image area is a dampening water receiving area (ink non-receiving area)
  • the difference in the adhesion of the ink is produced on the surface of the lithographic printing plate, the ink is deposited only in the image area, and then the ink is transferred to a printing material such as paper for printing.
  • image exposure is currently performed by the CTP (computer-to-plate) technique. That is, the image exposure is performed by scanning exposure etc. directly on the lithographic printing plate precursor using a laser or a laser diode without interposing a lith film.
  • CTP computer-to-plate
  • On-machine development is a method in which the lithographic printing plate precursor is subjected to image exposure and then is not subjected to conventional development processing, and is attached as it is to a printing machine to remove non-image areas of the image recording layer at an early stage of ordinary printing process. .
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor usually has an image recording layer on a support such as an aluminum plate.
  • the image recording layer has a function of curing the exposed portion by image exposure to form an image portion. Therefore, the image recording layer contains components for forming an image by image exposure.
  • produces a radical by exposure is mentioned.
  • a salt compound composed of onium such as iodonium and sulfonium and inorganic or organic anion as a counter anion is used as the photopolymerization initiator contained in the image recording layer.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a radiation-sensitive composition containing, as a photopolymerization initiator, a salt compound composed of a diaryliodonium cation of a specific structure and a borate anion of a specific structure.
  • an operation to inspect or identify the image on the lithographic printing plate is performed whether the lithographic printing plate is intended for image recording.
  • plate inspection it is important in printing operations to be able to determine registration marks (register marks) which are registration marks.
  • a colored image can be obtained by development processing by coloring the image recording layer, so that the image can be easily confirmed before mounting the lithographic printing plate in a printing machine it can.
  • an on-press development type or non-processing (non-development) type lithographic printing plate precursor without a conventional development processing step the image on the lithographic printing plate precursor is confirmed at the stage of mounting the lithographic printing plate precursor on a printing machine It is difficult, and it is not possible to print enough.
  • an on-press development type or non-treatment (non-development) type planographic printing plate precursor a means for confirming an image at the exposed stage without adversely affecting on-press development, ie, the exposed area is colored or decolored It is required that a so-called printout image be formed.
  • a photoacid generator and an acid chromogenic dye are contained in the image recording layer, and the acid chromogenic dye is produced by the action of an acid generated from the photoacid generator upon image exposure.
  • an acid chromogenic dye leuco dye
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor has high heat aging stability.
  • the heat aging stability is low, dark polymerization proceeds in the lithographic printing plate precursor due to heat aging, and as a result, the on-press developability is reduced.
  • an acid color-forming dye such as leuco dye
  • the heat stability over time is an important characteristic for a lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • a curable composition comprising (A) an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (I), and (B) a salt compound comprising a counter cation.
  • R 1 to R 4 which may be the same or different, each independently represents a monovalent substituent, or two or more of R 1 to R 4 are bonded to each other to form boron
  • the ring structure may be formed together with the atom, the oxygen atom and Y.
  • Y each independently represents -O- or -NR 5-
  • R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
  • the curable composition as described in (1) whose said organic borate anion is an organic borate anion represented by following formula (II).
  • Cy 1 and Cy 2 which may be the same or different, each represents a ring structure formed together with a boron atom, an oxygen atom and Y, and Y independently represents —O— or —NR 5 And R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • (3) The curable composition as described in (1) or (2) whose said organic borate anion is an organic borate anion represented by following formula (III).
  • R 7 to R 14 may be the same or different and each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkyl ester group, or an alkenyl group. Represents an ester group. Adjacent two of R 7 to R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • the counter cation is a counter cation in a cyanine dye.
  • a salt compound comprising an organic borate anion and a counter cation, wherein the organic borate anion is an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (II), and the counter cation is a diaryliodonium cation or a triarylsulfonium cation Salt compound.
  • Cy 1 and Cy 2 which may be the same or different, each represents a ring structure formed together with a boron atom, an oxygen atom and Y, and Y independently represents —O— or —NR 5
  • R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • a curable composition which has high heat aging stability and cures well by light irradiation.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor capable of producing a lithographic printing plate having high thermal temporal stability, excellent in on-press developability, and excellent printing durability.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor capable of producing a lithographic printing plate having high thermal stability over time, being excellent in plate inspection properties and on-press developability, and having excellent printing durability. be able to.
  • the group when no substitution or no substitution is described, the group may further have a substituent, unless otherwise specified. Not only unsubstituted groups but also groups having substituents.
  • R represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group
  • R represents an unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted aryl group, an unsubstituted group.
  • (meth) acrylic means both or either of acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth) acrylate means both or any of acrylate and methacrylate.
  • mass average molecular weights (Mw) are gel permeation chromatography (columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all are trade names manufactured by Tosoh Corp.), unless otherwise noted. GPC) It is a molecular weight which is detected by a differential refractometer using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as a solvent and a polystyrene as a standard substance by an analyzer.
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • the curable composition of the present invention contains (A) an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (I) and (B) a salt compound comprising a counter cation.
  • R 1 to R 4 which may be the same or different, each independently represents a monovalent substituent, or two or more of R 1 to R 4 are bonded to each other to form boron
  • the ring structure may be formed together with the atom, the oxygen atom and Y.
  • Y represents -O- or -NR 5-
  • R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • the salt compound (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “specific compound”) contained in the curable composition of the present invention is an organic borate anion represented by the formula (I) and a counter cation And a salt compound in which
  • Organic borate anion represented by formula (I) can be represented by a plurality of resonant structural formulas according to the electronic configuration as in the general anion, but in the present specification, as shown below, on the boron atom It describes using the resonant structural formula which has a negative charge.
  • Examples of the monovalent substituent represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 or R 4 in the formula (I) include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group and a heterocyclic group. Can be mentioned.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 or R 4 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms More preferable.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, ter-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl, octyl, ter-octyl Groups, nonyl groups, decyl groups, dodecyl groups and the like.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 or R 4 is preferably a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 8 and more preferably a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 6.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group and the like.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 or R 4 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear or branched. Examples of alkenyl groups include ethenyl group, propenyl group and the like.
  • the alkenyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group and the like.
  • the alkynyl group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 or R 4 is preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkynyl group may be linear or branched. Examples of the alkynyl group include ethynyl group, propynyl group and the like.
  • the alkynyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group and the like.
  • the aryl group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 or R 4 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the aryl group include phenyl group and naphthyl group.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a halogen atom and the like.
  • the heterocyclic group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 or R 4 is a group formed from a heterocyclic ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom.
  • the heterocyclic ring is preferably a 5- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the heterocyclic group may be saturated or unsaturated.
  • heterocyclic group examples include pyridyl group, pyrimidyl group, furanyl group, pyrrolyl group, imidazolyl group, pyrazolyl group, triazolyl group, tetrazolyl group, indolyl group, quinolinyl group, oxadiazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group and the like.
  • the heterocyclic group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group and the like.
  • R 1 to R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure together with a boron atom, an oxygen atom and Y, or may not form a ring structure.
  • the ring structure to be formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring structure.
  • the ring structure to be formed may have a substituent and may have a fused ring. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a halogen atom and the like.
  • the fused ring includes hydrocarbon rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring and the like.
  • Y represents -O- or -NR 5-
  • R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group Represents a group.
  • the alkyl carbonyl group, the aryl carbonyl group, the alkyl sulfonyl group, the aryl sulfonyl group, the alkyl group and aryl group in the alkoxycarbonyl group, and the aryl group represented by R 5 are the alkyl group and aryl group in the above R 1 to R 4 The statement regarding can be incorporated.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by R 5 is a group formed from an aromatic heterocycle containing at least one hetero atom selected from an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably a 5- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • heteroaryl groups include groups derived from heteroaryl rings such as pyridine, quinoline, quinoxaline, thiazole, benzothiazole, oxazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, pyrazole, indazole, triazole, benzotriazole, thiophene and the like.
  • the organic borate anion represented by the formula (I) is preferably one in which two or more of R 1 to R 4 in the above formula (I) are bonded to each other to form a ring structure with a boron atom, an oxygen atom and Y. .
  • an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (II) is preferable.
  • Cy 1 and Cy 2 which may be the same or different, each represents a ring structure formed together with a boron atom, an oxygen atom and Y, and Y independently represents —O— or —NR 5
  • R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • the atomic chain constituting the ring structure represented by Cy1 or Cy2 is, for example, -O-C-C-O-, -O-C-C-C-O-, -O-C It is represented by —C—NR 5 —, —O—C—C—C—NR 5 —.
  • both —O— or —NR 5 — at both ends are directly bonded to the boron atom.
  • the hydrocarbon ring or heterocyclic ring fused to two adjacent carbon atoms may be a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring, and examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring and a quinoxaline ring.
  • the hydrocarbon ring or the heterocyclic ring may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkyl ester group, and an alkenyl group.
  • An ester group, a cyano group, a halogen atom etc. are mentioned.
  • Y is preferably -O-.
  • Examples of the ring structure represented by Cy1 or Cy2 include a ring structure formed from catechol, salicylic acid, an oxalic acid derivative and a central atom B, and the like.
  • the ring structure represented by Cy1 is a group consisting of an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group, a group having a sulfonamide structure, and a group having a sulfoneimide structure
  • the aromatic ring having at least one selected group is preferably not fused
  • the ring structure represented by Cy2 is an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group
  • the aromatic ring is not fused with an aromatic ring having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a group having a sulfonamide structure and a group having a sulfonimide structure.
  • the ring structure represented by Cy1 is preferably not fused with a pyridine ring
  • the ring structure represented by Cy2 is preferably not fused with a pyridine ring.
  • an alkylamide In at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group, a group having a sulfonamide structure, and a group having a sulfoneimide structure, an alkylamide
  • the description of the alkyl group in R 1 to R 4 can be incorporated.
  • an alkenylamide In at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group, a group having a sulfonamide structure, and a group having a sulfoneimide structure, an alkenylamide
  • the description of the alkenyl group in R 1 to R 4 above can be incorporated.
  • an arylamide In at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group, a group having a sulfonamide structure, and a group having a sulfoneimide structure, an arylamide
  • the description of the aryl group in R 1 to R 4 above can be incorporated.
  • sulfonamide structure in the group having a structure represents the following structure.
  • * represents a bond.
  • sulfoneimide In at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group, a group having a sulfonamide structure, and a group having a sulfoneimide structure, sulfoneimide
  • the sulfone imide structure in the group having a structure represents the following structure. In the following structure, * represents a bond.
  • the organic borate anion having a ring structure is more preferably an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (III).
  • R 7 to R 14 may be the same or different and each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkyl ester group, or an alkenyl group. Represents an ester group. Adjacent two of R 7 to R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • the alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the aryl group in each group of R 7 to R 14 in the formula (III) are the same as the alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the aryl group in R 1 to R 4 in the above formula (I). It can be used.
  • the alkyl ester group includes an alkylcarbonyloxy group and an alkyloxycarbonyl group
  • the alkenyl ester group includes an alkenylcarbonyloxy group and an alkenyloxycarbonyl group.
  • R 7 to R 10 each represent an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group, a group having a sulfonamide structure, or a group having a sulfoneimide structure (specific examples are as described above Is not preferred),
  • Each of R 11 to R 14 is an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group, a group having a sulfonamide structure, or a group having a sulfoneimide structure (specific examples are as described above Is not preferred.
  • the counter cation which comprises the specific compound which concerns on this invention should just be a cation which can form a salt compound by the said organic borate anion and ionic bond.
  • the counter cation may be an inorganic cation or an organic cation.
  • the inorganic cation include alkali metal ions such as lithium ion, sodium ion and potassium ion, and alkaline earth metal ions such as calcium, magnesium ion and calcium ion.
  • Organic cations include organic cations in which a positive charge is present on the nitrogen atom.
  • the organic cation having a positive charge on the nitrogen atom is represented by the formula: N + (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (R 03 ) (R 04 ) (where R 01 , R 02 , R 03 , R 04 is And each independently represents an ammonium cation represented by an alkyl group or an aryl group, a pyridinium cation, an imidazolium cation and the like.
  • ammonium cations include tetramethyl ammonium, tetraethyl ammonium, tetrabutyl ammonium and the like.
  • the counter cation is preferably a diaryl iodonium cation or a triaryl sulfonium cation. Certain compounds having a diaryliodonium cation or triarylsulfonium cation as a counter cation are very useful as a polymerization initiator. Moreover, this specific compound also functions well as an acid generator, as described later.
  • the diaryl iodonium cation and the triaryl sulfonium cation respectively include, for example, an iodonium cation represented by the following formula (C1) and a sulfonium cation represented by (C2).
  • Ar1, Ar2, Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 each independently represent a group represented by formula (C3).
  • R 20 represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a halogen atom, and a plurality of R 20 may be the same or different.
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 5;
  • diaryliodonium cation examples include diphenyliodonium cation, 4-methoxyphenyl-4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyliodonium cation, 4-chlorophenyl-4-phenyliodonium cation, 4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyl- p-Tolyliodonium cation, 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium cation, 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4-diethoxyphenyliodonium cation, 4-octyloxyphenyl-2,4, Examples include 6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium cation and bis (4-tert-butylphenyl) iodonium cation.
  • triarylsulfonium cation examples include triphenylsulfonium cation, bis (4-chlorophenyl) phenylsulfonium cation, bis (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methylphenylsulfonium cation, tris (4-chlorophenyl) sulfonium cation, tris ( Examples include 2,4-dichlorophenyl) sulfonium cation, bis (2,4-dichlorophenyl) phenylsulfonium cation, and bis (2,4-dichlorophenyl) -4-methoxyphenylsulfonium cation.
  • the specific compound according to the present invention is shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • an organic borate anion (anion part) and a counter cation (cation part) are separately described.
  • the specific compound I-1 is a tetraphenoxy borate as an organic borate anion It is meant to be composed of an anion and 4-octyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium cation as a counter cation.
  • Ts represents a tosyl group
  • Me represents a methyl group.
  • the specific compounds according to the present invention may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the specific compound largely varies depending on the structure of the specific compound, the intended effect, the use and the like.
  • the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably 1 to 30% by mass.
  • total solids content refers to the total amount of components excluding volatile components such as solvents in the composition of the present invention.
  • the specific compound according to the present invention exhibits various effects.
  • the composition of the present invention containing the specific compound has high heat aging stability. This is considered to be due to the excellent properties of the organic borate anion constituting the specific compound, and even when compared with the borate anion described in Patent Document 1, a remarkable improvement effect on the thermal temporal stability is recognized. Therefore, the lithographic printing plate precursor to which the composition of the present invention is applied also has excellent heat aging stability. Further, the composition of the present invention containing the specific compound is excellent in the electron transfer efficiency or the light-to-heat conversion efficiency from the infrared absorbing agent resulting from the infrared exposure to the specific compound.
  • a lithographic printing plate produced from a lithographic printing plate precursor to which the composition of the present invention is applied has excellent press life.
  • the organic borate anion constituting the specific compound has a water affinity structure consisting of an oxygen atom or the like in contact with a boron atom, and a comparison of such a relatively hydrophilic portion with an aromatic ring present therearound It is considered to have surfactant activity because it consists of a hydrophobic moiety.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor to which the composition of the present invention is applied exhibits good on-press developability as compared with the lithographic printing plate precursor to which the borate anion described in Patent Document 1 is applied. Furthermore, since the organic borate anion constituting the specific compound functions as an acid, a colored image can be formed by using an acid color former such as a leuco dye in combination with the composition of the present invention as described later. .
  • the organic borate anion which comprises a specific compound is excellent in color development performance, therefore, for example, a lithographic printing plate precursor to which the composition of the present invention is applied exhibits excellent plate-making ability.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor wherein a polymerization initiator containing PF 6 ⁇ known as an inorganic anion is used in combination with an acid color former such as a leuco dye has a problem that ring-like coloring occurs with heat aging.
  • the ring-like color development is a phenomenon in which fine ring-like color formation occurs over the entire surface of the lithographic printing plate precursor, which hinders the plate-making operation.
  • PF 6 - in place of, the lithographic printing plate precursor of the polymerization initiator in combination with an acid color former such as a leuco dye containing an organic borate anion of the present invention has the advantage that a thermal aging does not cause ring coloring.
  • the counter cation may be a counter cation in the cyanine dye.
  • the counter cation in the cyanine dye will be described in the following description of the infrared absorber.
  • the composition of the present invention is preferably a composition of the following forms (1) to (3).
  • the composition of the form (1) contains one or more of a specific compound, an infrared absorber, a binder polymer and polymer particles, and a polymerizable compound.
  • the composition of the form (2) contains one or more of a specific compound, an acid color former, an infrared absorber, a binder polymer and polymer particles, and a polymerizable compound.
  • the composition of the form (3) contains one or more of a specific compound, an acid color former, an infrared absorber, a binder polymer and polymer particles, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator.
  • the specific compound in the composition of form (1) is preferably a polymerization initiator whose counter cation is a diaryliodonium cation or a triarylsulfonium cation.
  • the specific compound in the composition of the form (2) is preferably a polymerization initiator whose counter cation is a diaryliodonium cation or a triarylsulfonium cation.
  • the specific compound in the composition of the form (3) is preferably an additive in which the counter cation is an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth metal ion or an organic cation having a charge on a nitrogen atom.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains an infrared absorber.
  • the infrared absorber has a function of being excited by infrared rays to perform electron transfer and / or energy transfer to a polymerization initiator or the like. It also has the function of converting the absorbed infrared radiation into heat.
  • the infrared absorber preferably has maximum absorption in the wavelength range of 750 to 1,400 nm.
  • a dye or a pigment is mentioned, and a dye is preferably used.
  • dyes commercially available dyes and known dyes described in the literature such as "Dye Handbook” (edited by the Society of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, published in 1945) can be used. Specifically, dyes such as azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, metal thiolate complexes, etc. Can be mentioned. Among the dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes and pyrylium salts are preferable, cyanine dyes are more preferable, and indolenine cyanine dyes are particularly preferable.
  • cyanine dyes represented by the following general formula (a).
  • X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, -N (R 9 ) (R 10 ), -X 2 -L 1 or a group shown below.
  • R 9 and R 10 which may be the same or different, each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a hydrogen atom, or 9 and R 10 may bond to each other to form a ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may have a substituent.
  • Both R 9 and R 10 are preferably phenyl.
  • X 2 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • L 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms containing a hetero atom.
  • the hetero atom represents N, S, O, a halogen atom, or Se.
  • Xa ⁇ has the same meaning as Za ⁇ described later
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, or a substituent selected from an alkyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and a halogen atom.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 and R 2 are preferably hydrocarbon groups having 2 or more carbon atoms, and further, R 1 and R 2 are bonded to each other to form a 5-membered ring or It is particularly preferred to form a 6-membered ring.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be the same or different and each represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
  • Preferred aromatic hydrocarbon groups include benzene ring group and naphthalene ring group.
  • a C12 or less hydrocarbon group, a halogen atom, and a C12 or less alkoxy group are mentioned.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 which may be the same or different, each represents a sulfur atom or a dialkylmethylene group having 12 or less carbon atoms.
  • R 3 and R 4 which may be the same or different, each represent a hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms may have a substituent.
  • a substituent a C12 or less alkoxy group, a carboxy group, and a sulfo group are mentioned.
  • Za - represents a counter anion. However, when the cyanine dye represented by the general formula (a) has an anionic substituent in its structure and charge neutralization is not required, Za - is not necessary.
  • Za - is preferably a halide ion, a perchlorate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a sulfonate ion or the above organic borate anion, and a perchlorate ion
  • a halide ion preferably a perchlorate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a sulfonate ion or the above organic borate anion, and a perchlorate ion
  • the hexafluorophosphate ion, the aryl sulfonate ion, or the organic borate anion is more preferable.
  • X 1 is more preferably a diphenylamino group. More preferably, X 1 is a diphenylamino group, and both Y 1 and Y 2 are dimethylmethylene groups.
  • the cyanine dye contains the above organic borate anion as a counter ion (for example, Za ⁇ in the general formula (a))
  • the cyanine dye corresponds to the specific compound according to the present invention.
  • the cyanine dye which contains the said organic borate anion as a counter ion is excellent in solubility.
  • the cyanine dye include compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0019 of JP-A 2001-133969, paragraphs 0016 to 0021 of JP-A 2002-023360, and paragraphs 0012 to 0037 of JP-A 2002-040638.
  • the compounds described in 0043 can be mentioned. Further, compounds described in paragraphs 0008 to 0009 of JP-A-5-5005 and paragraphs 0022 to 0025 of JP-A 2001-222101 can also be preferably used.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0072 to 0076 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • the infrared absorbers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the infrared absorbing agent can be contained in any amount in the composition.
  • the content of the infrared absorber is preferably 0.05 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, and still more preferably 0.2 to 10% by mass, in the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound may be, for example, a radically polymerizable compound or a cationically polymerizable compound, but it is an addition polymerizable compound (ethylenically unsaturated compound) having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond. Is preferred.
  • ethylenically unsaturated compound a compound having at least one terminal ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferable, and a compound having two or more terminal ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound can have a chemical form such as, for example, a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer or an oligomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • the monomer examples include unsaturated carboxylic acids (eg, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid), esters thereof and amides thereof.
  • esters of unsaturated carboxylic acid and polyhydric alcohol compound, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acid and polyhydric amine compound are used.
  • addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a nucleophilic substituent such as hydroxy group, amino group and mercapto group with monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxies, and monofunctional or monofunctional Dehydration condensation products with polyfunctional carboxylic acids and the like are also suitably used.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acid esters having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group and an epoxy group, or an addition reaction product of an amide with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol, and a halogen atom are also suitable.
  • substitution products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a leaving substituent such as tosyloxy group and amides with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols.
  • a compound group in which the above-mentioned unsaturated carboxylic acid is replaced by unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether and the like can also be used.
  • monomers of esters of polyhydric alcohol compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include, as acrylic acid esters, ethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, tetramethylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, and the like.
  • examples thereof include trimethylolpropane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, ethylene oxide (EO) modified triacrylate isocyanurate, and polyester acrylate oligomer.
  • methacrylic acid ester As methacrylic acid ester, tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, bis [p- (3-methacryloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy) phenyl] Dimethylmethane, bis [p- (methacryloxyethoxy) phenyl] dimethylmethane and the like can be mentioned.
  • monomers of amides of a polyvalent amine compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid include methylenebisacrylamide, methylenebismethacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebisacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebismethacrylamide, Diethylene triamine tris acrylamide, xylylene bis acrylamide, xylylene bis methacrylamide etc. are mentioned.
  • urethane addition polymerization compounds produced by using an addition reaction of an isocyanate and a hydroxy group are also suitable, and specific examples thereof include, for example, one molecule described in JP-B-48-41708.
  • Vinyl containing two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in one molecule obtained by adding a hydroxyl group-containing vinyl monomer represented by the following formula (M) to a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups Urethane compounds and the like can be mentioned.
  • CH 2 C (R M4 ) COOCH 2 CH (R M5 ) OH (M)
  • R M4 and R M5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Urethane Compounds Having an Oxide-Based Skeleton, U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,153,632, JP-A-8-505,598, JP-A-2007-293221, JP-A-2007-293223, and Urethane Compounds Having a Hydrophilic Group are also suitable.
  • the details of the method of use such as the structure of the polymerizable compound, single use or combined use, and the addition amount can be arbitrarily set in consideration of the final use of the composition and the like.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 5 to 75% by mass, more preferably 10 to 70% by mass, and still more preferably 15 to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerization initiator is a compound that generates polymerization initiation species such as radicals and cations by light and / or heat energy, and known thermal polymerization initiators, compounds having a small bond dissociation energy, and photopolymerization initiators And so on.
  • a polymerization initiator an infrared photosensitive polymerization initiator is preferable.
  • a radical polymerization initiator is preferable.
  • radical polymerization initiator examples include organic halides, carbonyl compounds, azo compounds, organic peroxides, metallocene compounds, azide compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, disulfone compounds, oxime ester compounds, and onium salt compounds.
  • organic halide for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0023 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • carbonyl compound for example, compounds described in paragraph 0024 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • azo compound include azo compounds described in JP-A-8-108621.
  • organic peroxide for example, compounds described in paragraph 0025 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • metallocene compound for example, the compounds described in paragraph 0026 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • the azide compound include compounds such as 2,6-bis (4-azidobenzylidene) -4-methylcyclohexanone.
  • hexaarylbiimidazole compound for example, compounds described in paragraph 0027 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • disulfone compound examples include compounds described in JP-A-61-166544 and JP-A-2002-328465.
  • oxime ester compound for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0028 to 0030 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • oxime esters and onium salts are more preferable from the viewpoint of curability, and onium salts such as iodonium salts, sulfonium salts and azinium salts are further preferable.
  • onium salts such as iodonium salts, sulfonium salts and azinium salts are further preferable.
  • iodonium salts and sulfonium salts are particularly preferred. Specific examples of iodonium salts and sulfonium salts are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • diphenyliodonium salt is preferable, and in particular, diphenyliodonium salt having an electron donating group as a substituent, for example, diphenyliodonium salt substituted with an alkyl group or an alkoxyl group is preferable, and asymmetric diphenyliodonium salt is also preferable. preferable.
  • sulfonium salts are preferably triarylsulfonium salts, particularly preferably triarylsulfonium salts having an electron withdrawing group as a substituent, for example, a triarylsulfonium salt in which at least a part of the group on the aromatic ring is substituted with a halogen atom.
  • triarylsulfonium salts in which the total substitution number of halogen atoms on the aromatic ring is 4 or more are more preferable.
  • triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate
  • triphenylsulfonium benzoyl formate
  • bis (4-chlorophenyl) phenylsulfonium benzoyl formate
  • bis (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methylphenylsulfonium tetrafluoro Borate
  • tris (4-chlorophenyl) sulfonium 3,5-bis (methoxycarbonyl) benzenesulfonate
  • tris (4-chlorophenyl) sulfonium hexafluorophosphate
  • the polymerization initiator can contain the organic borate anion according to the present invention as an anion.
  • the polymerization initiator corresponds to the specific compound according to the present invention.
  • the polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, and still more preferably 0.8 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a binder polymer.
  • a binder polymer polymers having film properties are preferable, and known binder polymers used in the composition can be suitably used.
  • the binder polymer (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin and polyurethane resin are preferable.
  • a known binder polymer used in the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor can be suitably used as the binder polymer.
  • a binder polymer hereinafter, also referred to as a binder polymer for on-press development
  • a binder polymer for on-press development a binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain is preferable.
  • the binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain may have a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the main chain or in the side chain.
  • it may be a graft polymer having a poly (alkylene oxide) in a side chain, or a block copolymer of a block constituted by a poly (alkylene oxide) -containing repeating unit and a block constituted by a (alkylene oxide) non-containing repeating unit.
  • a polyurethane resin is preferred.
  • the polymer of the main chain when having a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the side chain includes (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, polyurea resin, polyimide resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polystyrene resin, novolac type Phenol resin, polyester resin, synthetic rubber, natural rubber are mentioned, and (meth) acrylic resin is particularly preferable.
  • alkylene oxide an alkylene oxide having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and ethylene oxide or propylene oxide is particularly preferable.
  • the number of repeating alkylene oxides in the poly (alkylene oxide) moiety is preferably 2 to 120, more preferably 2 to 70, and still more preferably 2 to 50. If the number of repetitions of the alkylene oxide is 120 or less, both of the printing durability due to abrasion and the printing durability due to ink receptivity do not deteriorate, which is preferable.
  • the poly (alkylene oxide) moiety is preferably contained as a side chain of the binder polymer in a structure represented by the following formula (AO), and as a side chain of a (meth) acrylic resin, it is represented by the following formula (AO) More preferably, it is contained in the following structure.
  • y represents 2 to 120
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • y is preferably 2 to 70, and more preferably 2 to 50.
  • R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 2 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the binder polymer may have crosslinkability in order to improve the film strength of the image area.
  • a crosslinkable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be introduced into the main chain or side chain of the polymer.
  • the crosslinkable functional group may be introduced by copolymerization or may be introduced by a polymer reaction.
  • Examples of polymers having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the main chain of the molecule include poly-1,4-butadiene, poly-1,4-isoprene and the like.
  • An example of a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain of the molecule is a polymer of an ester or amide of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, and the residue of ester or amide (R of -COOR or -CONHR) is Mention may be made of polymers having ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • free radicals polymerization initiating radicals or propagating radicals in the polymerization process of the polymerizable compound
  • Addition polymerization is performed to form crosslinks between polymer molecules and cure.
  • an atom in the polymer for example, a hydrogen atom on a carbon atom adjacent to a functional crosslinking group
  • a free radical is extracted by a free radical to generate a polymer radical, which combines with one another to form a crosslink between polymer molecules It forms and cures.
  • the content of the crosslinkable group in the binder polymer is preferably 0.1 per gram of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of good sensitivity and good storage stability. It is preferably -10.0 mmol, more preferably 1.0-7.0 mmol, still more preferably 2.0-5.5 mmol.
  • the binder polymer is shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the numerical values shown in parallel with each repeating unit represent the mole percentage of the repeating unit.
  • the numerical value added to the repeating unit of the side chain indicates the number of repeats of the repeating site.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the molecular weight of the binder polymer is 2,000 or more, preferably 5,000 or more, and more preferably 10,000 to 300,000, as weight average molecular weight (Mw) as polystyrene conversion value by GPC method. Further, in the present invention, the oligomer has a Mw of 800 or more and less than 2,000, and the polymer has a Mw of 2,000 or more.
  • hydrophilic polymers such as polyacrylic acid and polyvinyl alcohol described in JP-A-2008-195018 can be used in combination. Also, lipophilic polymers and hydrophilic polymers can be used in combination.
  • the binder polymer may be present in the composition as a polymer functioning as a binder for each component, or in the form of particles.
  • the volume average primary particle size is preferably 10 to 1,000 nm, more preferably 20 to 300 nm, and still more preferably 30 to 120 nm.
  • the volume average primary particle size can be obtained by taking an electron micrograph of the particle, measuring the total particle size of 5000 particles on the photograph, and calculating the arithmetic mean value.
  • the particle diameter value of spherical particles having the same particle area as the particle area on the photograph is measured as the particle diameter (equivalent circle diameter).
  • the method of measuring the volume average primary particle size is the same as for the particles other than the binder polymer present in the form of particles, unless otherwise specified.
  • the binder polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the binder polymer can be contained in any amount in the composition.
  • the content of the binder polymer can be appropriately selected depending on the application of the composition of the present invention and the like, but it is preferably 1 to 90% by mass, more preferably 5 to 80% by mass in the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention can contain an acid color former.
  • the acid color former is a compound having a property of developing a color by accepting an electron accepting compound (for example, a proton such as an acid).
  • an acid color developing agent a colorless compound which has a partial skeleton such as lactone, lactam, sultone, spiropyran, ester or amide, and which partially opens or cleaves the partial skeleton when contacted with an electron accepting compound preferable.
  • acid-coloring agents examples include: 3,3-bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide (referred to as "crystal violet lactone"), 3,3-bis (4- Dimethylaminophenyl) phthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (4-diethylamino-2-methylphenyl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (1 , 2-Dimethylindol-3-yl) phthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (2-methylindol-3-yl) phthalide, 3,3-bis (1,2-dimethylindole-3) -Yl) -5-dimethylaminophthalide, 3,3-bis (1,2-dimethylindol-3-yl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3,3-biphenyl (9-E
  • the acid color former is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of spiropyran compounds, spirooxazine compounds, spirolactone compounds and spirolactam compounds.
  • the hue of the dye after color development is preferably green, blue or black from the viewpoint of visibility.
  • the acid color former it is also possible to use a commercial item as the acid color former.
  • ETAC RED 500, RED 520, CVL, S-205, BLACK 305, BLACK 400, BLACK 100, BLACK 500, H-7001, GREEN 300, NIRBLACK 78, BLUE 220, H-3035, BLUE 203, ATP, H-1046, H-2114 (more, Fukui Yamada Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., ORANGE-DCF, Vermilion-DCF, PINK-DCF, RED-DCF, BLMB, CVL, GREEN-DCF, TH-107 (above, Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), ODB, ODB-2, ODB-4, ODB-250, ODB-BlackXV, Blue-63, Blue-502, GN-169, GN-2, Green-118, Red-40, Red-8 (above, Yamamoto Kasei ) Co., Ltd.), crystal violet lactone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemicals Industry Co
  • GN-169 and crystal violet lactone are preferable because they have good color development characteristics in infrared exposure.
  • the acid color former may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the acid color former is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 2 to 10% by mass in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • the acid color former develops color when used in combination with an acid generator.
  • the acid generator is a compound that generates an acid by electron transfer and / or energy transfer from an infrared absorber excited by infrared radiation.
  • the generated acid reacts with the acid color former to form a color.
  • As the acid to be generated sulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid, hexafluorophosphoric acid, tetrafluoroboric acid and the like are useful.
  • Examples of the acid generator include onium salts such as iodonium salts, sulfonium salts, phosphonium salts, diazonium salts and azinium salts.
  • onium salts such as iodonium salts, sulfonium salts, phosphonium salts, diazonium salts and azinium salts.
  • onium salts such as iodonium salts, sulfonium salts, phosphonium salts, diazonium salts and azinium salts.
  • onium salts such as iodonium salts, sulfonium salts, phosphonium salts, diazonium salts and azinium salts.
  • benzyl sulfonates described in US Pat. Nos. 5,135,838 and 5,200,544.
  • imido esters such as sulfonic acid esters and disulfone compounds described in JP-A-61-166544, JP-A-2003-328465, and the like.
  • J. Org. C. S. Perkin II (1979) 156-162 Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) 202-232
  • JP-A-2000-66385, JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2008-195018 Compounds are also preferred.
  • haloalkyl-substituted s-triazine compounds described in JP-A-7-27129 are also preferable.
  • iodonium salts As the acid generator, iodonium salts, sulfonium salts and azinium salts are particularly preferred.
  • the descriptions of the iodonium salts and sulfonium salts in the above-mentioned polymerization initiator can be incorporated.
  • the acid generator can contain the organic borate anion according to the present invention as an anion.
  • the acid generator corresponds to the specific compound according to the present invention.
  • the acid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the acid generator is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 3 to 20% by mass, and still more preferably 6 to 15% by mass, in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a radical formation coagent.
  • the radical forming aid contributes to the improvement of the printing durability of the lithographic printing plate prepared from the lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • a radical formation adjuvant the following five types are mentioned, for example.
  • Alkyl or arylate complex It is thought that a carbon-hetero bond is oxidatively cleaved to generate an active radical. Specifically, borate compounds and the like can be mentioned.
  • Aminoacetic acid compound It is believed that oxidation breaks up the C—X bond on the carbon adjacent to nitrogen to generate an active radical.
  • a hydrogen atom, a carboxy group, a trimethylsilyl group or a benzyl group is preferable.
  • N-phenylglycines a phenyl group may have a substituent
  • N-phenyliminodiacetic acid a phenyl group may have a substituent
  • Be (Iii) Sulfur-containing compounds Those in which the nitrogen atom of the above-mentioned aminoacetic acid compound is replaced by a sulfur atom can generate an active radical by the same action. Specific examples thereof include phenylthioacetic acid (which may have a substituent on the phenyl group) and the like.
  • Tin-containing compounds those in which the nitrogen atom of the above-mentioned aminoacetic acid compound is replaced by a tin atom can generate active radicals by the same action.
  • Sulfinates Oxidation can generate active radicals. Specifically, sodium arylsulfine and the like can be mentioned.
  • borate compounds are preferred.
  • a tetraaryl borate compound or a monoalkyl triaryl borate compound is preferable, and from the viewpoint of compound stability, a tetraaryl borate compound is more preferable.
  • a counter cation which a borate compound has an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkyl ammonium ion is preferable, and a sodium ion, a potassium ion, or a tetrabutyl ammonium ion is more preferable.
  • X c + represents a monovalent cation, and is preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkylammonium ion, and more preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetrabutylammonium ion.
  • Bu represents an n-butyl group.
  • the radical generation assistant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the radical formation aid is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 25% by mass, and further preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. preferable.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain polymer particles from the viewpoint of improving the on-press developability of the lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • the polymer particles are preferably polymer particles that can convert the image recording layer to hydrophobic when heat, preferably heat generated by exposure, is applied.
  • the polymer particles are at least one selected from heat fusible particles, heat reactive polymer particles, polymer particles having a polymerizable group, microcapsules containing a hydrophobic compound, and microgel (crosslinked polymer particles). Is preferred. Among them, polymer particles and microgels having a polymerizable group are preferable.
  • thermoplastic polymer particles described in JP-A-9-123387, JP-A-9-131850, JP-A-9-171249, JP-A-9-171250, European Patent 931647, etc. are preferred. It can be mentioned.
  • the polymer constituting the heat fusible particle include ethylene, styrene, vinyl chloride, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, vinylidene chloride, acrylonitrile, vinyl carbazole, polyalkylene structure And homopolymers or copolymers of monomers such as acrylates or methacrylates, or mixtures thereof.
  • polystyrene, a copolymer containing styrene and acrylonitrile, and polymethyl methacrylate can be mentioned.
  • the number average primary particle size of the heat fusible particles is preferably 0.01 to 2.0 ⁇ m.
  • the thermally reactive polymer particles include polymer particles having a thermally reactive group.
  • the polymer particles having a thermally reactive group form a hydrophobized region by crosslinking due to thermal reaction and functional group change at that time.
  • the thermally reactive group in the polymer particle having a thermally reactive group may be a functional group which carries out any reaction as long as a chemical bond is formed, and a polymerizable group is preferred.
  • a polymerizable group examples thereof include ethylenically unsaturated groups (for example, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, vinyl group, allyl group etc.) which undergo radical polymerization reaction, cationically polymerizable groups (for example, vinyl group, vinyloxy group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group) Etc.), isocyanato group to perform addition reaction or a block thereof, epoxy group, vinyloxy group and functional group having active hydrogen atom (such as amino group, hydroxy group, carboxy group etc.) which is a reaction partner thereof, condensation reaction Preferred examples thereof include a carboxy group to be carried out and a hydroxy group or amino group which is a reaction partner, an acid anhydride which performs a ring-opening addition reaction, an amino group or
  • microcapsules examples include those in which all or part of the components of the image recording layer are encapsulated in microcapsules, as described in JP-A-2001-277740 and JP-A-2001-277742.
  • the components of the image recording layer can also be contained outside the microcapsules.
  • a hydrophobic component is encapsulated in the microcapsule and a hydrophilic component is contained outside the microcapsule.
  • the microgel can contain part of the components of the composition of the present invention on at least one of its interior and surface.
  • a reactive microgel is obtained by having a radically polymerizable group on the surface is preferable from the viewpoint of image formation sensitivity and printing durability.
  • the volume average particle size of the microcapsules or microgels is preferably 0.01 to 3.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 0.10 to 1.0 ⁇ m. Within this range, good resolution and stability over time can be obtained.
  • the volume average particle size is measured by a light scattering method using a dynamic light scattering type particle size distribution measuring apparatus LB-500 (manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.).
  • the content of the polymer particles is preferably 5 to 90% by mass in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent.
  • the chain transfer agent when the composition of the present invention is applied to the image recording layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor, contributes to the improvement of the printing durability of a lithographic printing plate prepared from the lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • the chain transfer agent is preferably a thiol compound, more preferably a thiol having a carbon number of 7 or more from the viewpoint of boiling point (poor volatility), and still more preferably a compound having a mercapto group on an aromatic ring (aromatic thiol compound).
  • the thiol compound is preferably a monofunctional thiol compound.
  • the chain transfer agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention .
  • Low molecular weight hydrophilic compound When the composition of the present invention is applied to the image recording layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor, the on-press development of the lithographic printing plate precursor without reducing the printing durability of the lithographic printing plate prepared from the lithographic printing plate precursor In order to improve the properties, low molecular weight hydrophilic compounds may be contained.
  • the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound is preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 1,000, more preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 800, and still more preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 500.
  • hydrophilic compounds for example, as water-soluble organic compounds, glycols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol and the like, ethers or ester derivatives thereof, glycerin, Polyols such as pentaerythritol, tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate, organic amines such as triethanolamine, diethanolamine and monoethanolamine and salts thereof, organic sulfones such as alkyl sulfonic acid, toluene sulfonic acid and benzene sulfonic acid Acids and salts thereof, organic sulfamic acids such as alkyl sulfamic acids and salts thereof, organic sulfuric acids such as alkyl sulfuric acids and alkyl ether sulfuric acids and salts thereof, phenyl phosphonic acid Organic phosphonic acids and salts thereof, tartaric acid
  • the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound is preferably at least one selected from polyols, organic sulfates, organic sulfonates and betaines.
  • organic sulfonates include alkyl sulfonates such as sodium n-butyl sulfonate, sodium n-hexyl sulfonate, sodium 2-ethylhexyl sulfonate, sodium cyclohexyl sulfonate, sodium n-octyl sulfonate; , 8,11-Trioxapentadecane-1-sulfonic acid sodium, 5,8,11-trioxaheptadecane-1-sulfonic acid sodium, 13-ethyl-5,8,11-trioxaheptadecane-1-sulfone Alkyl sulfonates containing ethylene oxide chains such as sodium acid sodium and sodium 5,8,11,14-tetraoxatetracosan-1-sulphonate; sodium benzene sulphonate, sodium p-toluene sulphonate, p-hydroxy benzene sulphide
  • Organic sulfates include sulfates of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl or heterocyclic monoethers of polyethylene oxide.
  • the number of ethylene oxide units is preferably 1 to 4, and the salt is preferably a sodium salt, potassium salt or lithium salt. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0038 of JP-A-2007-276454.
  • Preferred betaines are compounds having 1 to 5 carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon substituent to the nitrogen atom, and specific examples thereof include trimethyl ammonium acetate, dimethyl propyl ammonium acetate, 3-hydroxy-4-trimethyl ammonium Obtilate, 4- (1-pyridinio) butyrate, 1-hydroxyethyl-1-imidazolioacetate, trimethylammonium methanesulfonate, dimethylpropylammonium methanesulfonate, 3-trimethylammonio-1-propanesulfonate, 3 And-(1-pyridinio) -1-propanesulfonate and the like.
  • the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound has a small hydrophobic part structure and has little surface activity, so that dampening water penetrates the exposed area (image area) of the image recording layer to reduce the hydrophobicity and film strength of the image area. And the ink receptivity and the printing durability of the image recording layer can be well maintained.
  • the low molecular weight hydrophilic compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound is preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 2 to 10% by mass in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • the ink receptivity of the lithographic printing plate prepared from the lithographic printing plate precursor (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "inking property")
  • a sensitizing agent such as a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, or an ammonium group-containing polymer may be contained.
  • these compounds function as a surface coating agent for the inorganic stratiform compound, and suppress the decrease in the ink resistance during printing by the inorganic stratiform compound. it can.
  • a sensitizing agent it is preferable to use a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination, and to use a phosphonium compound, a quaternary ammonium salt, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination. Is more preferred.
  • the nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compounds include amine salts and quaternary ammonium salts. Also, imidazolinium salts, benzimidazolinium salts, pyridinium salts, quinolinium salts can be mentioned. Among them, quaternary ammonium salts and pyridinium salts are preferred.
  • the ammonium group-containing polymer may have an ammonium group in its structure, and is preferably a polymer containing 5 to 80 mol% of (meth) acrylate having an ammonium group in a side chain as a copolymerization component.
  • Specific examples include the polymers described in paragraphs 0089 to 0105 of JP-A-2009-208458.
  • the ammonium group-containing polymer preferably has a reduced specific viscosity (unit: ml / g) value of 5 to 120, preferably 10 to 110, which is determined according to the measuring method described in JP-A 2009-208458. Are more preferred, and those in the range of 15 to 100 are particularly preferred.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • the content of the sensitizing agent is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 1 to 10% by mass, in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • composition of the present invention can contain, as other components, surfactants, polymerization inhibitors, higher fatty acid derivatives, plasticizers, inorganic particles, inorganic layered compounds, and the like. Specifically, each component described in paragraphs [0114] to [0159] of JP-A-2008-284817 can be contained.
  • Lithographic printing plate precursor The lithographic printing plate precursor of the invention has an image recording layer containing the composition of the invention on a support.
  • an on-press developable lithographic printing plate precursor in which the features of the composition of the present invention are remarkably exhibited will be described as an example.
  • the image recording layer contains an infrared absorber, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, and at least one of a binder polymer and polymer particles.
  • the image recording layer preferably further contains a radical generation aid and a chain transfer agent.
  • the image recording layer contains an infrared absorber, heat fusible particles, and a binder polymer.
  • the image recording layer may contain an acid color former.
  • the specific compound according to the present invention can be used as a polymerization initiator.
  • the specific compound according to the present invention can be used as an acid generator for the acid color former.
  • Respective components such as an infrared absorber, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, a binder polymer, a polymer particle, a radical generation aid, a chain transfer agent, a thermally fusible particle and the content thereof contained in the image recording layer See the description in the composition of the present invention above.
  • the image recording layer is prepared by dispersing or dissolving the necessary components described above in a solvent to prepare a coating solution, and the coating solution on a support It can form by apply
  • a well-known solvent can be used as a solvent.
  • a solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the solid concentration in the coating solution is preferably about 1 to 50% by mass.
  • the coating amount (solid content) of the image recording layer after coating and drying varies depending on the application, but from the viewpoint of obtaining good sensitivity and good film properties of the image recording layer, it is about 0.3 to 3.0 g / m 2. Is preferred.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention preferably has a subbing layer (sometimes referred to as an intermediate layer) between the image recording layer and the support.
  • the undercoat layer strengthens the adhesion between the support and the image recording layer in the exposed area and facilitates the peeling of the image recording layer from the support in the unexposed area. Contribute to improving In addition, in the case of infrared laser exposure, the undercoat layer functions as a heat insulating layer, which also has an effect of preventing a decrease in sensitivity due to heat generated by the exposure being diffused to the support.
  • Examples of the compound used for the undercoat layer include polymers having an adsorptive group capable of adsorbing to the surface of the support and a hydrophilic group. In order to improve the adhesion to the image recording layer, polymers having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group, and further having a crosslinkable group are preferred.
  • the compound used for the undercoat layer may be a low molecular weight compound or a polymer. The compounds used in the undercoat layer may be used as a mixture of two or more, if necessary.
  • the compound used for the undercoat layer is a polymer
  • a copolymer of a monomer having an adsorptive group, a monomer having a hydrophilic group and a monomer having a crosslinkable group is preferred.
  • adsorptive groups capable of adsorbing to the surface of a support include phenolic hydroxy group, carboxy group, -PO 3 H 2 , -OPO 3 H 2 , -CONHSO 2- , -SO 2 NHSO 2- , -COCH 2 COCH 3 Is preferred.
  • the hydrophilic group is preferably a sulfo group or a salt thereof, or a salt of a carboxy group.
  • the polymer may have a crosslinkable group introduced by salt formation of a polar substituent of the polymer and a compound having a polar substituent and a substituent having a counter charge and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, or other than the above.
  • Further monomers, preferably hydrophilic monomers, may be further copolymerized.
  • the phosphorus compound which has a heavy bond reactive group is mentioned suitably.
  • Crosslinkable groups (preferably, ethylenically unsaturated bond groups) described in JP 2005-238816, JP 2005-125749, JP 2006-239867, and JP 2006-215263, and a support Low molecular weight or high molecular weight compounds having a functional group that interacts with the surface and a hydrophilic group are also preferably used.
  • More preferable examples include polymer polymers having an adsorptive group, a hydrophilic group and a crosslinkable group which can be adsorbed on the surface of a support as described in JP-A-2005-125749 and JP-A-2006-188038.
  • the content of the ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 to 10.0 mmol, more preferably 0.2 to 5.5 mmol, per 1 g of the polymer.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 5,000 or more, and more preferably 10,000 to 300,000.
  • the undercoat layer has a chelating agent, a secondary or tertiary amine, a polymerization inhibitor, an amino group or a functional group having a polymerization inhibiting ability and a support surface in order to prevent soiling over time.
  • DABCO 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane
  • 2,3,5,6-tetrahydroxy-p-quinone chloranil
  • sulfophthalic acid hydroxy It may contain ethyl ethylenediamine triacetic acid, dihydroxyethyl ethylenediamine diacetic acid, hydroxyethyl imino diacetic acid, and the like.
  • the subbing layer is applied in a known manner.
  • the coating amount (solid content) of the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 ⁇ 100mg / m 2, and more preferably 1 ⁇ 30mg / m 2.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor of the invention may have a protective layer (sometimes called an overcoat layer) on the image recording layer.
  • the protective layer has a function of preventing the generation of a scratch in the image recording layer and a function of preventing ablation during high-intensity laser exposure, in addition to the function of suppressing the image formation inhibition reaction by oxygen blocking.
  • the protective layer having such properties is described, for example, in US Pat. No. 3,458,311 and JP-B-55-49729.
  • a water-soluble polymer or a water-insoluble polymer can be appropriately selected and used, and two or more types can be mixed and used as needed. it can.
  • polyvinyl alcohol, modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, a water-soluble cellulose derivative, poly (meth) acrylonitrile and the like can be mentioned.
  • the modified polyvinyl alcohol an acid modified polyvinyl alcohol having a carboxy group or a sulfo group is preferably used.
  • modified polyvinyl alcohols described in JP-A-2005-250216 and JP-A-2006-259137 can be mentioned.
  • the protective layer preferably contains an inorganic stratiform compound to enhance the oxygen barrier property.
  • the inorganic stratiform compound is a particle having a thin tabular shape, and, for example, a mica group such as natural mica and synthetic mica, talc represented by the formula: 3MgO.4SiO.H 2 O, teniolite, montmorillonite, saponite, hekto Light, zirconium phosphate and the like can be mentioned.
  • the inorganic layered compound preferably used is a mica compound.
  • mica compound for example, a compound represented by the formula: A (B, C) 2-5 D 4 O 10 (OH, F, O) 2 (wherein A represents at least one selected from the group consisting of K, Na and Ca) And B and C are at least one element selected from the group consisting of Fe (II), Fe (III), Mn, Al, Mg and V, and D is Si or Al. is there. And micas such as natural micas and synthetic micas.
  • natural micas include muscovite, soda mica, phlogopite, biotite and phlogopite.
  • Non-swelling micas such as fluorine phlogopite KMg 3 (AlSi 3 O 10 ) F 2 and potassium tetrasilicon mica KMg 2.5 Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 as synthetic micas, and Na tetrasilylic mica NaMg 2.
  • the bond between the layered crystal lattices is weak because the ion radius is small, and the layer swells significantly with water. In this state, shearing readily cleaves to form a stable sol in water. Swellable synthetic mica is strong in this tendency and is particularly preferably used.
  • the aspect ratio is preferably 20 or more, more preferably 100 or more, and particularly preferably 200 or more.
  • the aspect ratio is the ratio of the major axis to the thickness of the particle, and can be measured, for example, from a projection of the particle by a micrograph. The larger the aspect ratio, the greater the effect obtained.
  • the average major axis of the particle diameter of the mica compound is preferably 0.3 to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 to 10 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the average thickness of the particles is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 0.01 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness is about 1 to 50 nm and the surface size (long diameter) is about 1 to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the content of the inorganic stratiform compound is preferably 0 to 60% by mass, and more preferably 3 to 50% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the protective layer. Even when using a plurality of types of inorganic stratiform compounds in combination, it is preferable that the total amount of the inorganic stratiform compounds has the above content. Within the above range, the oxygen barrier property is improved and good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, it is possible to prevent the deterioration of the inking property.
  • the protective layer may contain known additives such as a plasticizer for imparting flexibility, a surfactant for improving the coatability, and inorganic particles for controlling the slipperiness of the surface.
  • the protective layer may contain the specific compound according to the present invention.
  • the protective layer may contain the sensitizing agent described in the image recording layer.
  • the protective layer is applied in a known manner.
  • the coating amount of the protective layer (solid content) is preferably 0.01 ⁇ 10g / m 2, more preferably 0.02 ⁇ 3g / m 2, particularly preferably 0.02 ⁇ 1g / m 2.
  • the support of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present invention can be appropriately selected from known lithographic printing plate precursors.
  • the support is preferably an aluminum plate which has been subjected to surface roughening and anodized by a known method.
  • the aluminum plate may further be subjected to micropore enlargement treatment or sealing treatment of the anodized film described in JP-A-2001-253181 and JP-A-2001-322365 as required, US Pat. No.
  • the support is, if necessary, an organic polymer compound described in JP-A-5-45885, an alkoxy compound of silicon described in JP-A-6-35174, etc. on the side opposite to the image recording layer. And may have a back coat layer containing
  • the method of preparing a lithographic printing plate of the present invention comprises the step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor of the present invention (exposure step), and the lithographic printing plate precursor after imagewise exposure on a printing press with printing ink and fountain solution It is preferable to include the step (on-press development step) of removing the unexposed area of the image recording layer according to at least one selected from the above.
  • Image exposure is preferably performed by a method of scanning exposure of digital data with an infrared laser or the like.
  • the wavelength of the exposure light source is preferably 750 to 1,400 nm.
  • a solid state laser and a semiconductor laser emitting infrared rays are preferable.
  • the exposure mechanism may be any of an inner drum system, an outer drum system, a flat bed system, and the like.
  • the exposure step can be performed by a plate setter or the like by a known method.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor may be mounted on a printing press using a printing press equipped with an exposure device, and then exposure may be performed on the printing press.
  • On-press development process In the on-press development step, at least one selected from the printing ink and the dampening water, preferably the printing ink and the dampening solution, on the printing press without subjecting the lithographic printing plate precursor after image exposure to any developing treatment.
  • water is supplied to start printing (on-press development)
  • the unexposed area of the lithographic printing plate precursor is removed at an early stage during printing, and the hydrophilic support surface is exposed accordingly and a non-image area is formed. Be done.
  • Known printing inks and dampening solutions for lithographic printing are used as printing inks and dampening solutions.
  • the printing ink or dampening solution may be supplied first to the surface of the lithographic printing plate precursor, the printing ink is the first to prevent the dampening solution from being contaminated by the removed image recording layer component. It is preferable to supply Thus, the lithographic printing plate precursor is developed on the offset printing press and used as it is for printing a large number of sheets.
  • the method of preparing a lithographic printing plate of the present invention may include other known steps in addition to the above steps.
  • Examples of other steps include a step of confirming the position and orientation of the lithographic printing plate precursor before each step, and a confirmation step of confirming a printed image after the on-press development step.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor of the present invention can also produce a lithographic printing plate by development processing using a developer by appropriately selecting a binder polymer and the like which are constituents of the image recording layer.
  • the development processing using a developer includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a mode (also referred to as alkali development) using a developer with a high pH of 14 or less containing an alkaline agent, and a surfactant and a water-soluble polymer compound.
  • the embodiment also referred to as simple development using a developer having a pH of about 2 to 11 containing a compound of a kind is included.
  • the alkali development and the simple development can be carried out by known methods.
  • the present invention is also a salt compound comprising an organic borate anion and a counter cation, wherein the organic borate anion is an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (II), and the counter cation is a diaryliodonium cation or It relates to a salt compound which is a triarylsulfonium cation.
  • Cy 1 and Cy 2 which may be the same or different, each represents a ring structure formed together with a boron atom, an oxygen atom and Y, and Y independently represents —O— or —NR 5
  • R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • the above salt compounds are compounds useful as a polymerization initiator and an acid generator.
  • the above salt compounds can be synthesized by known methods. For example, a catechol or salicylic acid derivative and boric acid are reacted in the presence of sodium hydroxide to synthesize a salt composed of an organic borate anion represented by the formula (II) and a counter cation. Next, the salt compound can be synthesized by salt exchange of the counter cation of this salt with a diaryliodonium cation or triarylsulfonium cation according to a conventional method.
  • molecular weights are mass average molecular weights (Mw) in terms of polystyrene according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method, except for those specified specially, and the ratio of repeating units is molar percentage.
  • part and “%” mean “mass part” and “mass%” unless there is particular notice.
  • the salt compound D-2 is a salt compound according to the present invention consisting of an organic borate anion and a cyanine dye cation.
  • ⁇ Preparation of support> In order to remove rolling oil on the surface of an aluminum plate (material JIS A 1050) with a thickness of 0.3 mm, a degreasing treatment was performed for 30 seconds at 50 ° C. using a 10 mass% sodium aluminate aqueous solution. After that, the surface of the aluminum plate is grained using three bunched nylon brushes with a diameter of 0.3 mm and pumice-water suspension (specific gravity: 1.1 g / cm 3 ) with a median diameter of 25 ⁇ m, and thoroughly washed with water. did. The aluminum plate was etched by immersing it in a 25% by mass aqueous sodium hydroxide solution at 45 ° C.
  • the etching amount of the grained surface was about 3 g / m 2 .
  • the electrolytic solution was a 1 mass% nitric acid aqueous solution (containing 0.5 mass% of aluminum ion), and the liquid temperature was 50 ° C.
  • the AC power supply waveform is electrochemically roughened with a carbon electrode as a counter electrode, using a trapezoidal rectangular wave AC with a time TP of 0.8 msec and a duty ratio of 1: 1 for the current value to reach a peak from zero Did. Ferrite was used for the auxiliary anode.
  • the current density was 30 A / dm 2 at the peak value of the current, and 5% of the current flowing from the power supply was diverted to the auxiliary anode.
  • the amount of electricity in nitric acid electrolysis was 175 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was an anode. After that, it was rinsed with a spray.
  • nitric acid electrolysis is carried out using a 0.5 mass% aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid (containing 0.5 mass% of aluminum ion) and an electrolytic solution with a liquid temperature of 50 ° C. under the condition that the aluminum plate has an electric quantity of 50 C / dm 2 at the anode
  • Electrochemical roughening treatment was carried out in the same manner as in the above, followed by washing with spray.
  • using a 15% by weight aqueous solution of sulfuric acid (containing 0.5% by weight of aluminum ion) as an electrolytic solution form a direct current anodic oxide film of 2.5 g / m 2 at a current density of 15 A / dm 2 It dried and the support body A was produced.
  • the average pore diameter (surface average pore diameter) in the surface layer of the anodized film was 10 nm.
  • the measurement of the pore diameter in the surface layer of the anodized film uses an ultra-high resolution SEM (S-900 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), and uses a deposition process or the like to impart conductivity at a relatively low acceleration voltage of 12 V.
  • the surface was observed at a magnification of 150,000 times without application, and 50 pores were randomly extracted to obtain an average value.
  • the standard deviation error was less than ⁇ 10%.
  • support A was subjected to a silicate treatment at 60 ° C. for 10 seconds using a 2.5 mass% aqueous solution of sodium silicate No. 3 for 10 seconds, and washed to prepare support B. .
  • the adhesion amount of Si was 10 mg / m 2 .
  • the center line average roughness (Ra) of the support B was measured using a needle with a diameter of 2 ⁇ m and found to be 0.51 ⁇ m.
  • a support C was produced in the same manner as the support A, except that, in the preparation of the support A, the electrolytic solution for forming the direct current anodic oxide film was changed to a 22% by mass aqueous phosphoric acid solution. It was 25 nm when the average pore diameter (surface average pore diameter) in the surface layer of the anodic oxide film was measured by the same method as the above.
  • the support C is subjected to a silicate treatment at 60 ° C. for 10 seconds using a 2.5% by weight aqueous solution of sodium silicate No. 3 at 60 ° C. Made.
  • the adhesion amount of Si was 10 mg / m 2 .
  • the center line average roughness (Ra) of the support D was measured using a needle with a diameter of 2 ⁇ m and found to be 0.52 ⁇ m.
  • undercoat layer coating solution (1) having the following composition was applied onto the support A so that the dry coating amount would be 20 mg / m 2 to form an undercoat layer.
  • reaction solution was returned to room temperature (25 ° C., hereinafter the same), and then 175 parts of 30% by mass aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added to adjust the pH to 8.3. Next, 0.152 parts of 4-OH-TEMPO was added, and the temperature was raised to 53.degree. 66.0 parts of methacrylic anhydride were added and stirred at 53 ° C. for 3 hours. After returning to room temperature, the reaction solution was transferred to a stainless beaker, and 1,800 parts of MTBE were added. After vigorously stirring, the mixture was allowed to stand and the upper layer was discarded.
  • Blemmer PME 4000 methoxy polyethylene glycol methacrylate (the number of repeating oxyethylene units: 90)
  • VA-046B 2,2'-azobis [2- (2-imidazolin-2-yl) propane] disulfate dihydrate
  • An image recording layer coating solution (1) having the following composition was bar-coated on the undercoat layer, and oven-dried at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an image recording layer having a dry coating amount of 1.0 g / m 2 .
  • the image recording layer coating solution (1) was prepared by mixing and stirring the following photosensitive solution (1) and microgel solution immediately before coating.
  • Microgel solution > ⁇ Microgel (1) 2.640 g ⁇ Distilled water 2.425 g
  • the structures of the binder polymer (1), the infrared absorber (D-1), and the fluorinated surfactant (1) used in the photosensitive solution (1) are shown below.
  • the numbers at the lower right of the parentheses of each constituent unit represent a molar ratio.
  • microgel (1) used for the said microgel liquid is shown below.
  • ⁇ Preparation of Polyvalent Isocyanate Compound (1)> A suspension of 17.78 g (80 mmol) of isophorone diisocyanate and 7.35 g (20 mmol) of the following polyhydric phenol compound (1) in ethyl acetate (25.31 g) was added with bismuth tris (2-ethylhexanoate) (neostan U). -600, 43 mg of Nitto Kasei Co., Ltd. was added and stirred. When the exotherm had subsided, the reaction temperature was set to 50 ° C., and stirring was performed for 3 hours to obtain an ethyl acetate solution (50% by mass) of the polyvalent isocyanate compound (1).
  • the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor was mounted on a plate cylinder of a printing machine LITHRONE 26 manufactured by Komori Corporation without development processing.
  • Ecoline 2 Fluji Film Co., Ltd. product
  • tap water 2/98 (volume ratio) dampening water and Values-G (N) ink ink (DIC Graphics Co., Ltd. product), LITHRONE 26
  • the dampening water and the ink were supplied by the standard automatic printing start method, and 100 sheets were printed on Tobishi Art Paper (76.5 kg) (manufactured by Mitsubishi Paper Industries Co., Ltd.) at a printing speed of 10,000 sheets per hour. .
  • I-1, I-3, I-4, I-6, I-9, I-11, I-12, I-19 and I-24 described in the column of "polymerization initiator" are It is a specific compound of the present invention, and its structure is as shown above.
  • H-1, H-2, H-3 and H-4 are known compounds and the structures are as shown below.
  • TfO ⁇ represents trifluoromethanesulfonate anion
  • TsO ⁇ represents tosylate anion.
  • Compounds H-1 to H-4 were synthesized by known methods.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor having the image recording layer containing the specific compound according to the present invention as a polymerization initiator had heat stability over time (1), on-press developability, and printing durability. It turns out that everything is excellent.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor of the comparative example containing a known polymerization initiator is inferior in any one or more of the heat temporal stability (1), the on-press developability, and the printing durability.
  • the support B is used instead of the support A, and the following image recording layer coating solution (2) is used instead of the image recording layer coating solution (1).
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor B was produced in the same manner as the above-mentioned lithographic printing plate precursor A except that the following protective layer was formed on the image recording layer.
  • the image recording layer coating solution (2) was prepared by mixing and stirring the following photosensitive solution (2) and microgel solution immediately before coating.
  • the infrared absorber and the polymerization initiator in the image recording layer coating solution (2) used in preparation of each lithographic printing plate precursor are summarized in Table B.
  • Acid color developing agent 0.070 g 2'-Anilino-6 '-(N-ethyl-N-isopentylamino)- 3'-Methylspiro [phthalide-3,9'-xanthene] (S-205, manufactured by Fukui Yamada Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ⁇ Fluorinated surfactant (1) [above] 0.008 g ⁇ 2-butanone 1.091 g 1-methoxy-2-propanol 8.609 g
  • Microgel solution > ⁇ Microgel (1) [above] 2.640 g ⁇ Distilled water 2.425 g
  • the infrared absorber (D-2) is a salt compound according to the present invention which comprises an organic borate anion and a cyanine dye cation.
  • a protective layer coating solution having the following composition was bar-coated on the image recording layer, and oven-dried at 120 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a protective layer having a dry coating amount of 0.15 g / m 2 .
  • the preparation method of the inorganic layered compound dispersion liquid (1) is described below.
  • ⁇ Preparation of Inorganic Layered Compound Dispersion (1)> To 193.6 g of ion-exchanged water, 6.4 g of synthetic mica (Somasif ME-100, manufactured by Coop Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added, and dispersed using a homogenizer until the average particle size (laser scattering method) became 3 ⁇ m. The aspect ratio of the obtained dispersed particles was 100 or more.
  • the exposure was performed under the environment of 25 ° C. and 50% RH.
  • the color development of the lithographic printing plate precursor was measured. The measurement was performed by a SCE (regular reflection light removal) method using a spectrophotometer CM2600d manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd. and operation software CM-S100W.
  • the color development was evaluated by the difference ⁇ L between the L * value of the exposed area and the L * value of the unexposed area, using the L * value (brightness) of the L * a * b * color system.
  • Table B shows the values of ⁇ L. The larger the value of ⁇ L, the better the color developability, and the better the plate inspection properties of the lithographic printing plate precursor by color development.
  • ⁇ Temperature stability over time (2) (ring color preventing property)>
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor was conditioned at 25 ° C. under a 60% environment for 1 hour and then packaged. The package was then heat aged at 60 ° C. for 4 days. After the completion of heat aging, the points colored in a ring shape were visually counted in an area range of 50 ⁇ 300 mm.
  • the ring-shaped anti-coloring properties were evaluated by setting the number of coloring points to zero, A to 1-10, B to 10, and C to 10 or more.
  • the planographic printing plate precursor is required to have no ring-like coloring (B and C are indicators for expressing the difference in degree of ring-like coloring).
  • I-3, I-4, I-4-Na, I-5, I-9, I-9-Na, I-20 and I-32 described in the column of "polymerization initiator" are It is a specific compound of the present invention, and its structure is as shown above. Also, H-1, H-2, H-3 and H-4 are known compounds, and their structures are as shown above. Moreover, the numerical value in parentheses represents the addition amount, and the unit is g.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor having the image recording layer containing the specific compound according to the present invention as a polymerization initiator has heat aging stability (1), on-press developability, printing durability, color development It is understood that all of the properties and the heat temporal stability (2) are excellent.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor of the comparative example containing a known polymerization initiator is any one of thermal stability (1), on-press developability, printing durability, color development and thermal stability (2) It is inferior in the above.
  • the support C is used instead of the support A, and an image recording layer coating liquid (3) of the following composition is used in place of the image recording layer coating liquid (1). It was coated and oven-dried at 70 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an image recording layer having a dry coating amount of 0.6 g / m 2 , whereby a lithographic printing plate precursor C was produced.
  • the infrared absorbing agent and the polymerization initiator in the image recording layer coating solution (3) used in the preparation of each lithographic printing plate precursor are summarized in Table C.
  • the infrared absorbers (D-3) and (D-4) used for the image recording layer coating solution (3) and the compounds described in trade names are as follows.
  • the infrared absorber (D-4) is a salt compound of the present invention comprising an organic borate anion and a cyanine dye cation.
  • SR-399 Dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate
  • Byk 336 Modified dimethylpolysiloxane copolymer (25 mass% xylene / methoxypropyl acetate solution)
  • Klucel M hydroxypropyl cellulose (2% by mass aqueous solution)
  • ELVACITE 4026 Highly branched polymethyl methacrylate (10% by weight 2-butanone solution)
  • the preparation method of the polymer particle water dispersion liquid (1) used for the said image recording layer coating liquid (3) is shown below.
  • ⁇ Preparation of Polymer Particle Water Dispersion (1)> A four-necked flask is provided with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping funnel, a nitrogen introducing pipe, a reflux condenser, and nitrogen gas is introduced to perform deoxygenation, polyethylene glycol methyl ether methacrylate (PEGMA, average repeating unit of ethylene glycol) Number: 50) 10 g, 200 g of distilled water and 200 g of n-propanol were added, and the mixture was heated until the internal temperature reached 70 ° C.
  • PEGMA polyethylene glycol methyl ether methacrylate
  • the particle size distribution of the polymer particles had a maximum at a particle size of 150 nm.
  • the particle size distribution is obtained by taking an electron micrograph of the polymer particles, measuring a total of 5,000 particle sizes on the photograph, and on a logarithmic scale between 0 and the maximum value of the obtained particle size measurements. The frequency of occurrence of each particle size was divided into 50 and plotted. With respect to non-spherical particles, the particle diameter value of spherical particles having the same particle area as the particle area in the photograph is taken as the particle diameter.
  • I-22 and I-40 are specific compounds of the present invention, and their structures are as shown above.
  • H-1, H-2, H-3 and H-4 are known compounds, and their structures are as shown above.
  • the numerical value in parentheses represents the addition amount, and the unit is g.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor having the image recording layer containing the specific compound according to the present invention as a polymerization initiator has heat aging stability (1), on-press developability, printing durability, color development It is understood that all of the properties and the heat temporal stability (2) are excellent.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor of the comparative example containing a known polymerization initiator is any one of thermal stability (1), on-press developability, printing durability, color development and thermal stability (2) It is inferior in the above.
  • the support D is used instead of the support A, and an aqueous solution (4) for coating the image recording layer is coated with a bar instead of the coating solution (1) for the image recording layer,
  • the sheet was oven-dried at 50 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an image recording layer having a dry coating amount of 0.93 g / m 2 , to prepare a lithographic printing plate precursor D.
  • the infrared absorber and the polymerization initiator in the image recording layer coating solution (4) used in the preparation of each lithographic printing plate precursor are summarized in Table D.
  • the compound described in the trade name used for the image recording layer coating solution (4), the aqueous dispersion of polymer particles (2), and the infrared absorbers (D-5) and (D-6) are as follows.
  • the infrared absorber (D-6) is a salt compound according to the present invention which comprises an organic borate anion and a cyanine dye cation.
  • Glasscol E15 polyacrylic acid
  • ERKOL WX 48/20 polyvinyl alcohol / polyvinyl acetate copolymer
  • Zonyl FSO 100 surfactant polymer particle water dispersion (2): styrene / acrylonitrile copolymer stabilized with anionic wetting agent (Mole ratio 50/50, average particle size 61 nm, solid content about 20%)
  • I-28 and I-37 are specific compounds of the present invention, and their structures are as shown above.
  • H-1, H-2, H-3 and H-4 are known compounds, and their structures are as shown above.
  • the numerical value in parentheses represents the dry coating amount, and the unit is g.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor having the image recording layer containing the specific compound according to the present invention as an acid generator has heat aging stability (1), on-press developability, printing durability, color development It is understood that all of the properties and the heat temporal stability (2) are excellent.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor of the comparative example containing a known acid generator has any one of thermal stability (1), on-press developability, printing durability, color development and thermal stability (2). It is inferior in the above.
  • a curable composition which has high heat aging stability and cures well by light irradiation. Furthermore, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a lithographic printing plate precursor capable of producing a lithographic printing plate having high thermal temporal stability, excellent in on-press developability, and excellent printing durability. Furthermore, according to the present invention, there is provided a lithographic printing plate precursor capable of producing a lithographic printing plate having high thermal stability over time, being excellent in plate inspection properties and on-press developability, and having excellent printing durability. be able to. Another object of the present invention is to provide a method of preparing a lithographic printing plate using the above lithographic printing plate precursor.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a durable composition containing a salt compound that comprises organic borate anions expressed by a specific structure and (B) counter cations, a planographic printing master plate having an image recording layer that contains the curable composition, a method for manufacturing a planographic printing plate in which the planographic printing master plate is used, and a salt compound used in the image recording layer of the planographic printing master plate.

Description

硬化性組成物、平版印刷版原版、平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、塩化合物Curable composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, method of preparing lithographic printing plate, and salt compound

 本発明は、硬化性組成物、平版印刷版原版、平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、塩化合物に関する。 The present invention relates to a curable composition, a lithographic printing plate precursor, a method of preparing a lithographic printing plate, and a salt compound.

 硬化性組成物、なかでも、光硬化性組成物は、光の照射により、照射部分が硬化する性質を有する組成物であり、この組成物を適宜溶剤に溶解又は分散して形成した塗布液を、適当な支持体に塗布、乾燥して、光硬化性皮膜を形成して画像形成材料を作製することができる。画像形成材料としては、平版印刷版原版、プリント配線基盤、カラーフィルター、フォトマスク等の画像露光による硬化を利用する画像形成材料が挙げられる。
 以下、平版印刷版原版を例に説明する。
A curable composition, in particular, a photocurable composition is a composition having a property of curing an irradiated part by irradiation of light, and a coating liquid formed by appropriately dissolving or dispersing this composition in a solvent is used. The photocurable film can be formed by coating on a suitable support and drying to form an image forming material. Examples of the image forming material include an image forming material utilizing curing by image exposure such as a lithographic printing plate precursor, a printed wiring board, a color filter, a photomask and the like.
Hereinafter, a lithographic printing plate precursor will be described as an example.

 一般に、平版印刷版は、印刷過程でインキを受容する親油性の画像部と湿し水を受容する親水性の非画像部とからなる。平版印刷は、水と油性インキとが互いに反発する性質を利用して、平版印刷版の親油性の画像部をインキ受容部、親水性の非画像部を湿し水受容部(インキ非受容部)として、平版印刷版の表面にインキの付着性の差異を生じさせ、画像部のみにインキを着肉させた後、紙等の被印刷体にインキを転写して印刷する方法である。 In general, a lithographic printing plate comprises an oleophilic image area that receives ink during the printing process and a hydrophilic non-image area that receives dampening water. In lithographic printing, utilizing the property that water and oil-based ink repel each other, the lipophilic image area of the lithographic printing plate is an ink receiving area, the hydrophilic non-image area is a dampening water receiving area (ink non-receiving area In the method, the difference in the adhesion of the ink is produced on the surface of the lithographic printing plate, the ink is deposited only in the image area, and then the ink is transferred to a printing material such as paper for printing.

 平版印刷版原版から平版印刷版を作製する製版工程においては、現在、CTP(コンピュータ・トゥ・プレート)技術による画像露光が行われている。即ち、画像露光は、リスフィルムを介することなく、レーザーやレーザーダイオードを用いて直接平版印刷版原版に走査露光などにより行われる。 In the plate making process for producing a lithographic printing plate from a lithographic printing plate precursor, image exposure is currently performed by the CTP (computer-to-plate) technique. That is, the image exposure is performed by scanning exposure etc. directly on the lithographic printing plate precursor using a laser or a laser diode without interposing a lith film.

 また、平版印刷版原版の製版に関しては、地球環境への関心の高まりから、現像処理などの湿式処理に伴う廃液に関する環境問題がクローズアップされ、これに伴い、現像処理の簡易化又は無処理化が指向されている。簡易な現像処理の一つとして、「機上現像」と呼ばれる方法が提案されている。機上現像は、平版印刷版原版を画像露光後、従来の現像処理は行わず、そのまま印刷機に取り付け、画像記録層の非画像部の除去を通常の印刷工程の初期段階で行う方法である。 With regard to plate-making of lithographic printing plate precursors, environmental concerns regarding waste liquids associated with wet processing such as development processing are highlighted from the growing interest in the global environment, and along with this, development processing is simplified or eliminated. Is directed. As one of the simple development processes, a method called "on-machine development" has been proposed. On-press development is a method in which the lithographic printing plate precursor is subjected to image exposure and then is not subjected to conventional development processing, and is attached as it is to a printing machine to remove non-image areas of the image recording layer at an early stage of ordinary printing process. .

 平版印刷版原版は、通常、アルミニウム板などの支持体上に、画像記録層を有する。画像記録層は、ネガ型画像記録層の場合、画像露光により、露光部が硬化して画像部を形成する機能を有する。従って、画像記録層は、画像露光により画像を形成するための成分を含有する。画像記録層に含有される1成分として、露光によりラジカルを発生する光重合開始剤が挙げられる。
 画像記録層に含有される光重合開始剤としては、ヨードニウム、スルホニウムなどのオニウムと、カウンターアニオンとしての無機又は有機のアニオンからなる塩化合物が用いられる。カウンターアニオンとしての無機又は有機のアニオンとしては、スルホネートアニオン、カルボキシレートアニオン、テトラフルオロボレートアニオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートアニオン、p-トルエンスルホネートアニオン、トシレートアニオンなどが知られている。例えば、特許文献1には、特定構造のジアリールヨードニウムカチオンと特定構造のボレートアニオンからなる塩化合物を光重合開始剤として含有する放射線感光性組成物が記載されている。
The lithographic printing plate precursor usually has an image recording layer on a support such as an aluminum plate. In the case of a negative type image recording layer, the image recording layer has a function of curing the exposed portion by image exposure to form an image portion. Therefore, the image recording layer contains components for forming an image by image exposure. As one component contained in an image recording layer, the photoinitiator which generate | occur | produces a radical by exposure is mentioned.
As the photopolymerization initiator contained in the image recording layer, a salt compound composed of onium such as iodonium and sulfonium and inorganic or organic anion as a counter anion is used. As inorganic or organic anions as counter anions, sulfonate anions, carboxylate anions, tetrafluoroborate anions, hexafluorophosphate anions, p-toluenesulfonate anions, tosylate anions, etc. are known. For example, Patent Document 1 describes a radiation-sensitive composition containing, as a photopolymerization initiator, a salt compound composed of a diaryliodonium cation of a specific structure and a borate anion of a specific structure.

 平版印刷版を印刷機に取り付ける前工程として、一般に、平版印刷版に目的通りの画像
記録がされているか、平版印刷版上の画像を検査、識別する作業(検版)が行われる。特に、多色印刷においては、見当合わせの目印となるトンボ(レジスタマーク)を判別できることが印刷作業において重要である。
As a pre-process of attaching the lithographic printing plate to the printing machine, generally, an operation (plate inspection) to inspect or identify the image on the lithographic printing plate is performed whether the lithographic printing plate is intended for image recording. In particular, in multi-color printing, it is important in printing operations to be able to determine registration marks (register marks) which are registration marks.

 通常の現像処理工程を伴う平版印刷版原版においては、画像記録層を着色することにより現像処理によって着色画像が得られるので、印刷機に平版印刷版を取り付ける前に画像を容易に確認することができる。
 ところが、通常の現像処理工程を伴わない機上現像型又は無処理(無現像)型の平版印刷版原版では、平版印刷版原版を印刷機に取り付ける段階で平版印刷版原版上の画像を確認することが困難であり、検版を十分行うことができない。そのため、機上現像型又は無処理(無現像)型平版印刷版原版においては、機上現像に悪影響を与えることなく、露光した段階で画像を確認する手段、即ち、露光領域が発色又は消色する、いわゆるプリントアウト画像が形成されることが要求される。
In a lithographic printing plate precursor involving a conventional development processing step, a colored image can be obtained by development processing by coloring the image recording layer, so that the image can be easily confirmed before mounting the lithographic printing plate in a printing machine it can.
However, in the case of an on-press development type or non-processing (non-development) type lithographic printing plate precursor without a conventional development processing step, the image on the lithographic printing plate precursor is confirmed at the stage of mounting the lithographic printing plate precursor on a printing machine It is difficult, and it is not possible to print enough. Therefore, in an on-press development type or non-treatment (non-development) type planographic printing plate precursor, a means for confirming an image at the exposed stage without adversely affecting on-press development, ie, the exposed area is colored or decolored It is required that a so-called printout image be formed.

 プリントアウト画像を形成する手段としては、画像記録層に光酸発生剤と酸発色性染料(ロイコ染料)を含有させ、画像露光により光酸発生剤から生じた酸の作用により、酸発色性染料が発色することによって着色画像を形成する方法が知られている。 As a means for forming a printout image, a photoacid generator and an acid chromogenic dye (leuco dye) are contained in the image recording layer, and the acid chromogenic dye is produced by the action of an acid generated from the photoacid generator upon image exposure. There is known a method of forming a colored image by causing

 更に、平版印刷版原版は、高い熱経時安定性を有することが望まれる。熱経時安定性が低いと、熱経時により平版印刷版原版中で暗重合が進行し、その結果、機上現像性が低下する。また、ロイコ染料などの酸発色染料を含む平版印刷版原版では、熱経時によりリング状発色を生じるという問題がある。従って、熱経時安定性は平版印刷版原版にとって重要な特性である。 Furthermore, it is desirable that the lithographic printing plate precursor has high heat aging stability. When the heat aging stability is low, dark polymerization proceeds in the lithographic printing plate precursor due to heat aging, and as a result, the on-press developability is reduced. In addition, in the case of a lithographic printing plate precursor containing an acid color-forming dye such as leuco dye, there is a problem that ring-like coloration occurs upon heat aging. Therefore, the heat stability over time is an important characteristic for a lithographic printing plate precursor.

日本国特表2009-538446号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-538446

 本発明の課題は、高い熱経時安定性を有し、且つ、光照射により良好に硬化する硬化性組成物を提供することである。
 本発明の他の課題は、高い熱経時安定性を有し、機上現像性に優れ、且つ、優れた耐刷性を有する平版印刷版を作製できる平版印刷版原版を提供することである。
 本発明の更に他の課題は、高い熱経時安定性を有し、検版性及び機上現像性に優れ、且つ、優れた耐刷性を有する平版印刷版を作製できる平版印刷版原版を提供することである。
 本発明の更に他の課題は、上記平版印刷版原版を用いる平版印刷版の作製方法を提供することである。
An object of the present invention is to provide a curable composition which has high heat aging stability and cures well by light irradiation.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a lithographic printing plate precursor capable of producing a lithographic printing plate having high thermal aging stability, excellent on-press developability, and excellent printing durability.
Still another object of the present invention is to provide a lithographic printing plate precursor capable of producing a lithographic printing plate having high thermal stability over time, excellent in plate inspection properties and on-press developability, and having excellent printing durability. It is to be.
Still another object of the present invention is to provide a method of preparing a lithographic printing plate using the above lithographic printing plate precursor.

 上記課題を解決するための手段を以下に記載する。
(1)
 (A)下記式(I)で表わされる有機ボレートアニオン、及び、(B)カウンターカチオンからなる塩化合物を含有する硬化性組成物。
The means for solving the above problems are described below.
(1)
A curable composition comprising (A) an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (I), and (B) a salt compound comprising a counter cation.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 式(I)中、R~Rは、同じでも異なってもよく、それぞれ独立に、1価の置換基を表すか、あるいは、R~Rの2つ以上が互いに結合してホウ素原子、酸素原子及びYと共に環構造を形成してもよい。Yは、それぞれ独立に、-O-又は-NR-を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
(2)
 上記有機ボレートアニオンが、下記式(II)で表わされる有機ボレートアニオンである(1)に記載の硬化性組成物。
In formula (I), R 1 to R 4, which may be the same or different, each independently represents a monovalent substituent, or two or more of R 1 to R 4 are bonded to each other to form boron The ring structure may be formed together with the atom, the oxygen atom and Y. Y each independently represents -O- or -NR 5- , and R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group Represents
(2)
The curable composition as described in (1) whose said organic borate anion is an organic borate anion represented by following formula (II).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 式(II)中、Cy1及びCy2は、同じでも異なってもよく、それぞれ、ホウ素原子、酸素原子及びYと共に形成される環構造を表わし、Yは、それぞれ独立に、-O-又は-NR-を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
(3)
 上記有機ボレートアニオンが、下記式(III)で表わされる有機ボレートアニオンである(1)又は(2)に記載の硬化性組成物。
In the formula (II), Cy 1 and Cy 2, which may be the same or different, each represents a ring structure formed together with a boron atom, an oxygen atom and Y, and Y independently represents —O— or —NR 5 And R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
(3)
The curable composition as described in (1) or (2) whose said organic borate anion is an organic borate anion represented by following formula (III).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 式(III)中、R~R14は、同じでも異なってもよく、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルエステル基、又はアルケニルエステル基を表す。R~R14の隣接する2つが互いに結合して環構造を形成していてもよい。
(4)
 上記カウンターカチオンが、ジアリールヨードニウムカチオン又はトリアリールスルホニウムカチオンである(1)~(3)のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。(5)
 上記カウンターカチオンが、アルカリ金属イオン、アルカリ土類金属イオン又は窒素原子上に電荷をもつ有機カチオンである(1)~(3)のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。
(6)
 上記カウンターカチオンが、シアニン色素におけるカウンターカチオンである(1)~(3)のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。
(7)
 重合性化合物、赤外線吸収剤を更に含む(1)~(6)のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。
(8)
 上記赤外線吸収剤が、シアニン色素である(7)に記載の硬化性組成物。
(9)
 酸発色剤を更に含む(1)~(8)のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。
(10)
 ポリマー粒子を更に含む(1)~(9)のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。(11)
 バインダーポリマーを更に含む、(1)~(10)のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。
(12)
 (1)~(11)のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版用硬化性組成物。
(13)
 (1)~(12)のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物を含有する画像記録層を支持体上に有する平版印刷版原版。
(14)
 上記画像記録層上に、保護層を有する(13)に記載の平版印刷版原版。
(15)
 (13)又は(14)に記載の平版印刷版原版を画像露光する工程と、印刷機上で印刷インキ及び湿し水から選ばれる少なくとも1つにより、上記画像記録層の未露光部分を除去する工程とを含む平版印刷版の作製方法。
(16)
 有機ボレートアニオン及びカウンターカチオンからなる塩化合物であって、上記有機ボレートアニオンが、下記式(II)で表わされる有機ボレートアニオンであり、上記カウンターカチオンが、ジアリールヨードニウカチオン又はトリアリールスルホニウムカチオンである塩化合物。
In formula (III), R 7 to R 14 may be the same or different and each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkyl ester group, or an alkenyl group. Represents an ester group. Adjacent two of R 7 to R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
(4)
The curable composition according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein the counter cation is a diaryliodonium cation or a triarylsulfonium cation. (5)
The curable composition according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein the counter cation is an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth metal ion, or an organic cation having a charge on a nitrogen atom.
(6)
The curable composition according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein the counter cation is a counter cation in a cyanine dye.
(7)
The curable composition according to any one of (1) to (6), further comprising a polymerizable compound and an infrared absorber.
(8)
The curable composition as described in (7) whose said infrared rays absorber is a cyanine pigment.
(9)
The curable composition according to any one of (1) to (8), further comprising an acid color former.
(10)
The curable composition according to any one of (1) to (9), further comprising polymer particles. (11)
The curable composition according to any one of (1) to (10), further comprising a binder polymer.
(12)
A curable composition for a lithographic printing plate as described in any one of (1) to (11).
(13)
A lithographic printing plate precursor having an image recording layer containing the curable composition according to any one of (1) to (12) on a support.
(14)
The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in (13) above, which has a protective layer on the image recording layer.
(15)
The step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor as described in (13) or (14), and removing the unexposed area of the image recording layer by at least one selected from printing ink and dampening water on a printing press And a process for producing a lithographic printing plate.
(16)
A salt compound comprising an organic borate anion and a counter cation, wherein the organic borate anion is an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (II), and the counter cation is a diaryliodonium cation or a triarylsulfonium cation Salt compound.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

 式(II)中、Cy1及びCy2は、同じでも異なってもよく、それぞれ、ホウ素原子、酸素原子及びYと共に形成される環構造を表わし、Yは、それぞれ独立に、-O-又は-NR-を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。 In the formula (II), Cy 1 and Cy 2, which may be the same or different, each represents a ring structure formed together with a boron atom, an oxygen atom and Y, and Y independently represents —O— or —NR 5 And R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.

 本発明によれば、高い熱経時安定性を有し、且つ、光照射により良好に硬化する硬化性組成物を提供することができる。
 また、本発明によれば、高い熱経時安定性を有し、機上現像性に優れ、且つ、優れた耐刷性を有する平版印刷版を作製できる平版印刷版原版を提供することができる。
 更に、本発明によれば、高い熱経時安定性を有し、検版性及び機上現像性に優れ、且つ、優れた耐刷性を有する平版印刷版を作製できる平版印刷版原版を提供することができる。
 更に、本発明によれば、上記平版印刷版原版を用いる平版印刷版の作製方法を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a curable composition which has high heat aging stability and cures well by light irradiation.
Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a lithographic printing plate precursor capable of producing a lithographic printing plate having high thermal temporal stability, excellent in on-press developability, and excellent printing durability.
Furthermore, according to the present invention, there is provided a lithographic printing plate precursor capable of producing a lithographic printing plate having high thermal stability over time, being excellent in plate inspection properties and on-press developability, and having excellent printing durability. be able to.
Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method of preparing a lithographic printing plate using the above-mentioned lithographic printing plate precursor.

 以下に、本発明を詳細に説明する。
 本明細書において、式で表される化合物における基の表記に関して、置換あるいは無置換を記していない場合、当該基が更に置換基を有することが可能な場合には、他に特に規定がない限り、無置換の基のみならず置換基を有する基も包含する。例えば、式において、「Rはアルキル基、アリール基又は複素環基を表す」との記載があれば、「Rは無置換アルキル基、置換アルキル基、無置換アリール基、置換アリール基、無置換複素環基又は置換複素環基を表す」ことを意味する。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリル」はアクリル及びメタクリルの双方、又は、いずれかを意味し、「(メタ)アクリレート」はアクリレート及びメタクリレートの双方、又は、いずれかを意味する。
 本明細書において、質量平均分子量(Mw)は、特に断りのない限り、TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G2000HxL(いずれも、東ソー(株)製の商品名)のカラムを使用したゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)分析装置により、THF(テトラヒドロフラン)を溶媒として、示差屈折計により検出し、ポリスチレンを標準物質として換算した分子量である。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
In the present specification, with regard to the notation of a group in a compound represented by the formula, when no substitution or no substitution is described, the group may further have a substituent, unless otherwise specified. Not only unsubstituted groups but also groups having substituents. For example, in the formula, if "R represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group", "R represents an unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted aryl group, an unsubstituted group. And "representing a heterocyclic group or a substituted heterocyclic group".
In the present specification, "(meth) acrylic" means both or either of acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth) acrylate" means both or any of acrylate and methacrylate.
In the present specification, mass average molecular weights (Mw) are gel permeation chromatography (columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all are trade names manufactured by Tosoh Corp.), unless otherwise noted. GPC) It is a molecular weight which is detected by a differential refractometer using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as a solvent and a polystyrene as a standard substance by an analyzer.

[硬化性組成物]
 本発明の硬化性組成物は、(A)下記式(I)で表わされる有機ボレートアニオン、及び、(B)カウンターカチオンからなる塩化合物を含有する。
[Curable composition]
The curable composition of the present invention contains (A) an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (I) and (B) a salt compound comprising a counter cation.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

 式(I)中、R~Rは、同じでも異なってもよく、それぞれ独立に、1価の置換基を表すか、あるいは、R~Rの2つ以上が互いに結合してホウ素原子、酸素原子及びYと共に環構造を形成してもよい。Yは-O-又は-NR-を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。 In formula (I), R 1 to R 4, which may be the same or different, each independently represents a monovalent substituent, or two or more of R 1 to R 4 are bonded to each other to form boron The ring structure may be formed together with the atom, the oxygen atom and Y. Y represents -O- or -NR 5- , and R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.

 本発明の硬化性組成物(以下、単に「組成物」ともいう)に含有される塩化合物(以下、単に「特定化合物」ともいう)は、式(I)で表わされる有機ボレートアニオンとカウンターカチオンとが結合した塩化合物である。 The salt compound (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “specific compound”) contained in the curable composition of the present invention (hereinafter also simply referred to as “composition”) is an organic borate anion represented by the formula (I) and a counter cation And a salt compound in which

〔式(I)で表わされる有機ボレートアニオン〕
 式(I)で表わされる有機ボレートアニオンは、一般のアニオンと同様に、電子配置に従って複数の共鳴構造式で表すことができるが、本明細書においては、以下に示すように、ホウ素原子上に負電荷を有する共鳴構造式を用いて記載する。
[Organic borate anion represented by formula (I)]
The organic borate anion represented by the formula (I) can be represented by a plurality of resonant structural formulas according to the electronic configuration as in the general anion, but in the present specification, as shown below, on the boron atom It describes using the resonant structural formula which has a negative charge.

 式(I)において、R、R、R又はRで表される1価の置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、複素環基が挙げられる。 Examples of the monovalent substituent represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 or R 4 in the formula (I) include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group and a heterocyclic group. Can be mentioned.

 R、R、R又はRで表されるアルキル基は、炭素数1~12のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキルが更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖でも、分岐鎖でもよい。アルキル基の例としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ter-ブチル基,ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、ter-オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ドデシル基などが挙げられる。アルキル基は置換基を有していてよく、置換基の例としては、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリール基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基などが挙げられる。 The alkyl group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 or R 4 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms More preferable. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, ter-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl, octyl, ter-octyl Groups, nonyl groups, decyl groups, dodecyl groups and the like. The alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group and the like.

 R、R、R又はRで表されるシクロアルキル基は、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~6のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。シクロアルキル基の例としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などが挙げられる。シクロアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基の例としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルカルボニル基などが挙げられる。 The cycloalkyl group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 or R 4 is preferably a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 8 and more preferably a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 6. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group. The cycloalkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group and the like.

 R、R、R又はRで表されるアルケニル基は、炭素数2~12のアルケニル基が好ましく、炭素数2~6のアルケニル基がより好ましい。アルケニル基は、直鎖でも、分岐鎖でもよい。アルケニル基の例としては、エテニル基、プロペニル基などが挙げられる。アルケニル基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基の例としては、アルコキシ基、アルキルカルボニル基などが挙げられる。 The alkenyl group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 or R 4 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group may be linear or branched. Examples of alkenyl groups include ethenyl group, propenyl group and the like. The alkenyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group and the like.

 R、R、R又はRで表されるアルキニル基は、炭素数2~12のアルキニル基が好ましく、炭素数2~6のアルキニル基がより好ましい。アルキニル基は、直鎖でも、分岐鎖でもよい。アルキニル基の例としては、エチニル基、プロピニル基などが挙げられる。アルキニル基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基の例としては、アルコキシ基、アルキルカルボニル基などが挙げられる。 The alkynyl group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 or R 4 is preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkynyl group may be linear or branched. Examples of the alkynyl group include ethynyl group, propynyl group and the like. The alkynyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group and the like.

 R、R、R又はRで表されるアリール基は、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基がより好ましい。アリール基の例としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基などが挙げられる。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基の例としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリール基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。 The aryl group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 or R 4 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl group and naphthyl group. The aryl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a halogen atom and the like.

 R、R、R又はRで表される複素環基は、酸素原子、硫黄原子及び窒素原子から選ばれる少なくとも1つの複素原子を含む複素環から形成される基である。複素環は5員環~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。複素環基は飽和でも不飽和でもよい。複素環基の例としては、ピリジル基、ピリミジル基、フラニル基、ピロリル基、イミダゾリル基、ピラゾリル基、トリアゾリル基、テトラゾリル基、インドリル基、キノリニル基、オキサジアゾリル基、ベンツオキサゾリル基などが挙げられる。複素環基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基の例としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルカルボニル基などが挙げられる。 The heterocyclic group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 or R 4 is a group formed from a heterocyclic ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom. The heterocyclic ring is preferably a 5- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring. The heterocyclic group may be saturated or unsaturated. Examples of the heterocyclic group include pyridyl group, pyrimidyl group, furanyl group, pyrrolyl group, imidazolyl group, pyrazolyl group, triazolyl group, tetrazolyl group, indolyl group, quinolinyl group, oxadiazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group and the like. . The heterocyclic group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group and the like.

 式(I)において、R~Rの2つ以上が互いに結合してホウ素原子、酸素原子及びYと共に環構造を形成してもよいし、環構造を形成していなくてもよい。形成される環構造は、5員環構造又は6員環構造が好ましい。形成される環構造は、置換基を有していてもよく、また、縮合環を有していてもよい。置換基の例としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリール基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。縮合環としては、炭化水素環、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環などが挙げられる。 In formula (I), two or more of R 1 to R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure together with a boron atom, an oxygen atom and Y, or may not form a ring structure. The ring structure to be formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring structure. The ring structure to be formed may have a substituent and may have a fused ring. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a halogen atom and the like. The fused ring includes hydrocarbon rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring and the like.

 式(I)において、Yは-O-又は-NR-を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 Rで表されるアルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基におけるアルキル基及びアリール基、並びにアリール基については、上記R1~R4におけるアルキル基及びアリール基に関する記載を援用することができる。
 Rで表されるヘテロアリール基は、酸素原子、硫黄原子及び窒素原子から選ばれる少なくとも1つの複素原子を含む芳香族複素環から形成される基である。芳香族複素環は5員環~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の例としては、ピリジン、キノリン、キノキサリン、チアゾール、ベンゾチアゾール、オキサゾール、イミダゾール、ベンゾイミダゾール、ピラゾール、インダゾール、トリアゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール、チオフェンなどのヘテロアリール環から誘導される基が挙げられる。
In formula (I), Y represents -O- or -NR 5- , and R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group Represents a group.
The alkyl carbonyl group, the aryl carbonyl group, the alkyl sulfonyl group, the aryl sulfonyl group, the alkyl group and aryl group in the alkoxycarbonyl group, and the aryl group represented by R 5 are the alkyl group and aryl group in the above R 1 to R 4 The statement regarding can be incorporated.
The heteroaryl group represented by R 5 is a group formed from an aromatic heterocycle containing at least one hetero atom selected from an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably a 5- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring. Examples of heteroaryl groups include groups derived from heteroaryl rings such as pyridine, quinoline, quinoxaline, thiazole, benzothiazole, oxazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, pyrazole, indazole, triazole, benzotriazole, thiophene and the like.

 式(I)で表わされる有機ボレートアニオンは、上記式(I)におけるR~Rの2つ以上が互いに結合してホウ素原子、酸素原子及びYと共に環構造を形成しているものが好ましい。
 このような環構造を有する有機ボレートアニオンとしては、下記式(II)で表される有機ボレートアニオンが好ましい。
The organic borate anion represented by the formula (I) is preferably one in which two or more of R 1 to R 4 in the above formula (I) are bonded to each other to form a ring structure with a boron atom, an oxygen atom and Y. .
As the organic borate anion having such a ring structure, an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (II) is preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 式(II)中、Cy1及びCy2は、同じでも異なってもよく、それぞれ、ホウ素原子、酸素原子及びYと共に形成される環構造を表わし、Yは、それぞれ独立に、-O-又は-NR-を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。 In the formula (II), Cy 1 and Cy 2, which may be the same or different, each represents a ring structure formed together with a boron atom, an oxygen atom and Y, and Y independently represents —O— or —NR 5 And R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.

 式(II)において、Cy1又はCy2で表される環構造を構成する原子鎖は、例えば、-O-C-C-O-、-O-C-C-C-O-、-O-C-C-NR-、-O-C-C-C-NR-で表される。ここで、両端の-O-又は-NR-は共にホウ素原子と直接結合する。環構造を構成する炭素原子は置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、オキシ基(=O)、アルキル基、アリール基が挙げられる。また、隣接する2つの炭素原子は、炭化水素環又は複素環により縮環されていてもよい。隣接する2つの炭素原子に縮環する炭化水素環又は複素環は、飽和環でも不飽和環でもよく、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、キノキサリン環などが挙げられる。炭化水素環又は複素環は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基の例としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルエステル基、アルケニルエステル基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。 In the formula (II), the atomic chain constituting the ring structure represented by Cy1 or Cy2 is, for example, -O-C-C-O-, -O-C-C-C-O-, -O-C It is represented by —C—NR 5 —, —O—C—C—C—NR 5 —. Here, both —O— or —NR 5 — at both ends are directly bonded to the boron atom. The carbon atom constituting the ring structure may have a substituent, and examples thereof include an oxy group (= O), an alkyl group and an aryl group. Also, two adjacent carbon atoms may be fused by a hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring. The hydrocarbon ring or heterocyclic ring fused to two adjacent carbon atoms may be a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring, and examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring and a quinoxaline ring. The hydrocarbon ring or the heterocyclic ring may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkyl ester group, and an alkenyl group. An ester group, a cyano group, a halogen atom etc. are mentioned.

 式(II)において、Yは-O-が好ましい。Cy1又はCy2で表される環構造の例としては、カテコール、サリチル酸、シュウ酸誘導体と中心原子Bとから形成される環構造などが挙げられる。 In formula (II), Y is preferably -O-. Examples of the ring structure represented by Cy1 or Cy2 include a ring structure formed from catechol, salicylic acid, an oxalic acid derivative and a central atom B, and the like.

 なお、上記Cy1で表される環構造は、アルキルアミド基、アルケニルアミド基、アリールアミド基、アルキルウレア基、アリールウレア基、スルホンアミド構造を有する基、及びスルホンイミド構造を有する基からなる群より選択される少なくとも一つの基を有する芳香環で縮環されていないことが好ましく、上記Cy2で表される環構造は、アルキルアミド基、アルケニルアミド基、アリールアミド基、アルキルウレア基、アリールウレア基、スルホンアミド構造を有する基、及びスルホンイミド構造を有する基からなる群より選択される少なくとも一つの基を有する芳香環で縮環されていないことが好ましい。
 上記Cy1で表される環構造は、ピリジン環で縮環されていないことが好ましく、上記Cy2で表される環構造は、ピリジン環で縮環されていないことが好ましい。
The ring structure represented by Cy1 is a group consisting of an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group, a group having a sulfonamide structure, and a group having a sulfoneimide structure The aromatic ring having at least one selected group is preferably not fused, and the ring structure represented by Cy2 is an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group Preferably, the aromatic ring is not fused with an aromatic ring having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a group having a sulfonamide structure and a group having a sulfonimide structure.
The ring structure represented by Cy1 is preferably not fused with a pyridine ring, and the ring structure represented by Cy2 is preferably not fused with a pyridine ring.

 上記アルキルアミド基、アルケニルアミド基、アリールアミド基、アルキルウレア基、アリールウレア基、スルホンアミド構造を有する基、及びスルホンイミド構造を有する基からなる群より選択される少なくとも一つの基において、アルキルアミド基におけるアルキル基、アルキルウレア基におけるアルキル基は、上記R~Rにおけるアルキル基に関する記載を援用することができる。 In at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group, a group having a sulfonamide structure, and a group having a sulfoneimide structure, an alkylamide As for the alkyl group in the group and the alkyl group in the alkylurea group, the description of the alkyl group in R 1 to R 4 can be incorporated.

 上記アルキルアミド基、アルケニルアミド基、アリールアミド基、アルキルウレア基、アリールウレア基、スルホンアミド構造を有する基、及びスルホンイミド構造を有する基からなる群より選択される少なくとも一つの基において、アルケニルアミド基におけるアルケニル基は、上記R~Rにおけるアルケニル基に関する記載を援用することができる。 In at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group, a group having a sulfonamide structure, and a group having a sulfoneimide structure, an alkenylamide As for the alkenyl group in the group, the description of the alkenyl group in R 1 to R 4 above can be incorporated.

 上記アルキルアミド基、アルケニルアミド基、アリールアミド基、アルキルウレア基、アリールウレア基、スルホンアミド構造を有する基、及びスルホンイミド構造を有する基からなる群より選択される少なくとも一つの基において、アリールアミド基におけるアリール基、アリールウレア基におけるアリール基は、上記R~Rにおけるアリール基に関する記載を援用することができる。 In at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group, a group having a sulfonamide structure, and a group having a sulfoneimide structure, an arylamide As for the aryl group in the group and the aryl group in the aryl urea group, the description of the aryl group in R 1 to R 4 above can be incorporated.

 上記アルキルアミド基、アルケニルアミド基、アリールアミド基、アルキルウレア基、アリールウレア基、スルホンアミド構造を有する基、及びスルホンイミド構造を有する基からなる群より選択される少なくとも一つの基において、スルホンアミド構造を有する基におけるスルホンアミド構造は、下記の構造を表す。なお、下記構造において、*は結合手を表す。 In at least one group selected from the group consisting of the above-mentioned groups consisting of an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group, a sulfonamide structure, and a group having a sulfoneimide structure The sulfonamide structure in the group having a structure represents the following structure. In the following structure, * represents a bond.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

 上記アルキルアミド基、アルケニルアミド基、アリールアミド基、アルキルウレア基、アリールウレア基、スルホンアミド構造を有する基、及びスルホンイミド構造を有する基からなる群より選択される少なくとも一つの基において、スルホンイミド構造を有する基におけるスルホンイミド構造は、下記の構造を表す。なお、下記構造において、*は結合手を表す。 In at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group, a group having a sulfonamide structure, and a group having a sulfoneimide structure, sulfoneimide The sulfone imide structure in the group having a structure represents the following structure. In the following structure, * represents a bond.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

 

 環構造を有する有機ボレートアニオンは、下記式(III)で表される有機ボレートアニオンがより好ましい。 The organic borate anion having a ring structure is more preferably an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (III).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

 式(III)中、R~R14は、同じでも異なってもよく、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルエステル基、又はアルケニルエステル基を表す。R~R14の隣接する2つが互いに結合して環構造を形成していてもよい。 In formula (III), R 7 to R 14 may be the same or different and each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkyl ester group, or an alkenyl group. Represents an ester group. Adjacent two of R 7 to R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.

 式(III)において、R~R14の各基におけるアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基については、上記式(I)において、R~Rにおけるアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基に関する記載を援用することができる。 The alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the aryl group in each group of R 7 to R 14 in the formula (III) are the same as the alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the aryl group in R 1 to R 4 in the above formula (I). It can be used.

 なお、アルキルエステル基は、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基を含むものであり、アルケニルエステル基は、アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、アルケニルオキシカルボニル基を含むものである。 The alkyl ester group includes an alkylcarbonyloxy group and an alkyloxycarbonyl group, and the alkenyl ester group includes an alkenylcarbonyloxy group and an alkenyloxycarbonyl group.

 式(III)において、
 R~R10は、いずれもアルキルアミド基、アルケニルアミド基、アリールアミド基、アルキルウレア基、アリールウレア基、スルホンアミド構造を有する基、又はスルホンイミド構造を有する基(具体例としては、上述の基)ではないことが好ましく、
 R11~R14は、いずれもアルキルアミド基、アルケニルアミド基、アリールアミド基、アルキルウレア基、アリールウレア基、スルホンアミド構造を有する基、又はスルホンイミド構造を有する基(具体例としては、上述の基)ではないことが好ましい。
In formula (III),
R 7 to R 10 each represent an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group, a group having a sulfonamide structure, or a group having a sulfoneimide structure (specific examples are as described above Is not preferred),
Each of R 11 to R 14 is an alkylamide group, an alkenylamide group, an arylamide group, an alkylurea group, an arylurea group, a group having a sulfonamide structure, or a group having a sulfoneimide structure (specific examples are as described above Is not preferred.

〔カウンターカチオン〕
 本発明に係る特定化合物を構成するカウンターカチオンは、上記有機ボレートアニオンとイオン結合により塩化合物を形成しうるカチオンであればよい。
 カウンターカチオンは、無機カチオンであっても有機カチオンであってもよい。無機カチオンとしては、リチウムイオン、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオンなどのアルカリ金属イオン、カルシウム、マグネシウムイオン、カルシウムイオンなどのアルカリ土類金属イオンなどが挙げられる。
 有機カチオンとしては、窒素原子上に正電荷が存在する有機カチオンが挙げられる。窒素原子上に正電荷が存在する有機カチオンは、式:N(R01)(R02)(R03)(R04)(ここで、R01、R02、R03、R04は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す)で表されるアンモニウムカチオン、ピリジニウムカチオン、イミダゾリウムカチオンなどを包含する。
 アンモニウムカチオンの例としては、テトラメチルアンモニウム、テトラエチルアンモニウム、テトラブチルアンモニウムなどが挙げられる。
[Counter cation]
The counter cation which comprises the specific compound which concerns on this invention should just be a cation which can form a salt compound by the said organic borate anion and ionic bond.
The counter cation may be an inorganic cation or an organic cation. Examples of the inorganic cation include alkali metal ions such as lithium ion, sodium ion and potassium ion, and alkaline earth metal ions such as calcium, magnesium ion and calcium ion.
Organic cations include organic cations in which a positive charge is present on the nitrogen atom. The organic cation having a positive charge on the nitrogen atom is represented by the formula: N + (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (R 03 ) (R 04 ) (where R 01 , R 02 , R 03 , R 04 is And each independently represents an ammonium cation represented by an alkyl group or an aryl group, a pyridinium cation, an imidazolium cation and the like.
Examples of ammonium cations include tetramethyl ammonium, tetraethyl ammonium, tetrabutyl ammonium and the like.

 カウンターカチオンは、ジアリールヨードニウムカチオン又はトリアリールスルホニウムカチオンが好ましい。カウンターカチオンとして、ジアリールヨードニウムカチオン又はトリアリールスルホニウムカチオンを有する、特定化合物は重合開始剤として、極めて有用である。また、この特定化合物は、後述するように、酸発生剤としても良好に機能する。 The counter cation is preferably a diaryl iodonium cation or a triaryl sulfonium cation. Certain compounds having a diaryliodonium cation or triarylsulfonium cation as a counter cation are very useful as a polymerization initiator. Moreover, this specific compound also functions well as an acid generator, as described later.

 ジアリールヨードニウムカチオン及びトリアリールスルホニウムカチオンは、各々、例えば、下記式(C1)で表されるヨードニウムカチオン及び(C2)で表されるスルホニウムカチオンを包含する。 The diaryl iodonium cation and the triaryl sulfonium cation respectively include, for example, an iodonium cation represented by the following formula (C1) and a sulfonium cation represented by (C2).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

 式(C1)及び(C2)中、Ar1、Ar2、Ar3、Ar4及びAr5は、それぞれ独立に、式(C3)で表される基を表す。式(C3)中、R20は、アルキル基、アルコキシ基又はハロゲン原子を表し、複数のR20は同じでも異なってもよい。lは0~5の整数を表す。 In formulas (C1) and (C2), Ar1, Ar2, Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 each independently represent a group represented by formula (C3). In formula (C3), R 20 represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a halogen atom, and a plurality of R 20 may be the same or different. l represents an integer of 0 to 5;

 ジアリールヨードニウムカチオンの具体例としては、ジフェニルヨードニウムカチオン、4-メトキシフェニル-4-(2-メチルプロピル)フェニルヨードニウムカチオン、4-クロロフェニル-4-フェニルヨードニウムカチオン、4-(2-メチルプロピル)フェニル-p-トリルヨードニウムカチオン、4-ヘキシルオキシフェニル-2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニルヨードニウムカチオン、4-ヘキシルオキシフェニル-2,4-ジエトキシフェニルヨードニウムカチオン、4-オクチルオキシフェニル-2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニルヨードニウムカチオン、ビス(4-tert-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウムカチオンが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the diaryliodonium cation include diphenyliodonium cation, 4-methoxyphenyl-4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyliodonium cation, 4-chlorophenyl-4-phenyliodonium cation, 4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyl- p-Tolyliodonium cation, 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium cation, 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4-diethoxyphenyliodonium cation, 4-octyloxyphenyl-2,4, Examples include 6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium cation and bis (4-tert-butylphenyl) iodonium cation.

 トリアリールスルホニウムカチオンの具体例としては、トリフェニルスルホニウムカチオン、ビス(4-クロロフェニル)フェニルスルホニウムカチオン、ビス(4-クロロフェニル)-4-メチルフェニルスルホニウムカチオン、トリス(4-クロロフェニル)スルホニウムカチオン、トリス(2,4-ジクロロフェニル)スルホニウムカチオン、ビス(2,4-ジクロロフェニル)フェニルスルホニウムカチオン、ビス(2,4-ジクロロフェニル)-4-メトキシフェニルスルホニウムカチオンが挙げられる。 Specific examples of triarylsulfonium cation include triphenylsulfonium cation, bis (4-chlorophenyl) phenylsulfonium cation, bis (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methylphenylsulfonium cation, tris (4-chlorophenyl) sulfonium cation, tris ( Examples include 2,4-dichlorophenyl) sulfonium cation, bis (2,4-dichlorophenyl) phenylsulfonium cation, and bis (2,4-dichlorophenyl) -4-methoxyphenylsulfonium cation.

 以下に、本発明に係る特定化合物の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。以下の特定化合物の具体例においては、有機ボレートアニオン(アニオン部)とカウンターカチオン(カチオン部)が別個に記載されているが、例えば、特定化合物I-1は、有機ボレートアニオンとしてのテトラフェノキシボレートアニオンと、カウンターカチオンとしての4-オクチルオキシフェニル-2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニルヨードニウムカチオンとから構成されることを意味する。その他の特定化合物I-2~I-40についても同様である。また、Tsはトシル基を、Meはメチル基を表す。 Specific examples of the specific compound according to the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In specific examples of specific compounds below, an organic borate anion (anion part) and a counter cation (cation part) are separately described. For example, the specific compound I-1 is a tetraphenoxy borate as an organic borate anion It is meant to be composed of an anion and 4-octyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium cation as a counter cation. The same applies to the other specific compounds I-2 to I-40. Ts represents a tosyl group, and Me represents a methyl group.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017

 本発明に係る特定化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物において、特定化合物の含有量は、特定化合物の構造、意図する効果や用途などにより大きく変動する。一般的には、組成物の全固形分中、0.1~50質量%が好ましく、0.5~40質量%がより好ましく、1~30質量%が更に好ましい。本明細書において、全固形分とは、本発明の組成物における溶剤等の揮発性成分を除いた成分の総量を意味する。
The specific compounds according to the present invention may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
In the composition of the present invention, the content of the specific compound largely varies depending on the structure of the specific compound, the intended effect, the use and the like. Generally, the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably 1 to 30% by mass. As used herein, total solids content refers to the total amount of components excluding volatile components such as solvents in the composition of the present invention.

 本発明に係る特定化合物は、種々の効果を奏する。特定化合物を含有する本発明の組成物は、高い熱経時安定性を有する。これは、特定化合物を構成する有機ボレートアニオンの優れた特性に起因すると考えられ、特許文献1に記載のボレートアニオンと比較しても、顕著な熱経時安定性の改良効果が認められる。従って、本発明の組成物を適用した平版印刷版原版も、優れた熱経時安定性を有する。
 また、特定化合物を含有する本発明の組成物は、赤外線露光に起因する赤外線吸収剤から特定化合物への電子移動効率あるいは光熱変換効率に優れる。このため、重合性化合物の重合あるいは熱融着といった硬化反応が促進され、良好な硬化性を示すと考えられる。従って、例えば、本発明の組成物を適用した平版印刷版原版から作製された平版印刷版は、優れた耐刷性を有する。
 更に、特定化合物を構成する有機ボレートアニオンは、ホウ素原子に接して酸素原子などからなる水親和性構造を有しており、かかる比較的親水性部分とその周辺に存在する芳香族環などの比較的疎水性部分とからなるため、界面活性能を有すると考えられる。このため、例えば、本発明の組成物を適用した平版印刷版原版は、特許文献1に記載のボレートアニオンを適用した平版印刷版原版と比較しても、良好な機上現像性を示す。
 更に、特定化合物を構成する有機ボレートアニオンは、酸として機能するので、後述するように、本発明の組成物にロイコ染料などの酸発色剤を併用することにより、発色画像を形成することができる。特定化合物を構成する有機ボレートアニオンは発色性能に優れており、従って、例えば、本発明の組成物を適用した平版印刷版原版は、優れた検版性を示す。
 更に、無機アニオンとして公知のPF を含む重合開始剤をロイコ染料などの酸発色剤と併用した平版印刷版原版は、熱経時でリング状発色を生じるという問題がある。リング状発色は、平版印刷版原版の全表面にわたって、微細なリング状の発色が生じる現象で、検版作業の妨げとなる。PF の代わりに、本発明に係る有機ボレートアニオンを含む重合開始剤をロイコ染料などの酸発色剤と併用した平版印刷版原版は、熱経時でリング状発色を生じないという利点がある。
The specific compound according to the present invention exhibits various effects. The composition of the present invention containing the specific compound has high heat aging stability. This is considered to be due to the excellent properties of the organic borate anion constituting the specific compound, and even when compared with the borate anion described in Patent Document 1, a remarkable improvement effect on the thermal temporal stability is recognized. Therefore, the lithographic printing plate precursor to which the composition of the present invention is applied also has excellent heat aging stability.
Further, the composition of the present invention containing the specific compound is excellent in the electron transfer efficiency or the light-to-heat conversion efficiency from the infrared absorbing agent resulting from the infrared exposure to the specific compound. For this reason, curing reaction such as polymerization or heat fusion of the polymerizable compound is promoted, and it is considered that good curability is exhibited. Thus, for example, a lithographic printing plate produced from a lithographic printing plate precursor to which the composition of the present invention is applied has excellent press life.
Furthermore, the organic borate anion constituting the specific compound has a water affinity structure consisting of an oxygen atom or the like in contact with a boron atom, and a comparison of such a relatively hydrophilic portion with an aromatic ring present therearound It is considered to have surfactant activity because it consists of a hydrophobic moiety. Therefore, for example, the lithographic printing plate precursor to which the composition of the present invention is applied exhibits good on-press developability as compared with the lithographic printing plate precursor to which the borate anion described in Patent Document 1 is applied.
Furthermore, since the organic borate anion constituting the specific compound functions as an acid, a colored image can be formed by using an acid color former such as a leuco dye in combination with the composition of the present invention as described later. . The organic borate anion which comprises a specific compound is excellent in color development performance, therefore, for example, a lithographic printing plate precursor to which the composition of the present invention is applied exhibits excellent plate-making ability.
Furthermore, a lithographic printing plate precursor wherein a polymerization initiator containing PF 6 known as an inorganic anion is used in combination with an acid color former such as a leuco dye has a problem that ring-like coloring occurs with heat aging. The ring-like color development is a phenomenon in which fine ring-like color formation occurs over the entire surface of the lithographic printing plate precursor, which hinders the plate-making operation. PF 6 - in place of, the lithographic printing plate precursor of the polymerization initiator in combination with an acid color former such as a leuco dye containing an organic borate anion of the present invention has the advantage that a thermal aging does not cause ring coloring.

 更に、カウンターカチオンは、シアニン色素におけるカウンターカチオンであってもよい。シアニン色素におけるカウンターカチオンについては、後述する赤外線吸収剤に関する説明において記載する。 Furthermore, the counter cation may be a counter cation in the cyanine dye. The counter cation in the cyanine dye will be described in the following description of the infrared absorber.

 本発明の組成物は、下記形態(1)~(3)の組成物であることが好ましい。
 形態(1)の組成物は、特定化合物、赤外線吸収剤、バインダーポリマー及びポリマー粒子の1つ以上、並びに重合性化合物を含む。
 形態(2)の組成物は、特定化合物、酸発色剤、赤外線吸収剤、バインダーポリマー及びポリマー粒子の1つ以上、並びに重合性化合物を含む。
 形態(3)の組成物は、特定化合物、酸発色剤、赤外線吸収剤、バインダーポリマー及びポリマー粒子の1つ以上、重合性化合物、並びに重合開始剤を含む。
 形態(1)の組成物における特定化合物は、カウンターカチオンが、ジアリールヨードニウムカチオン又はトリアリールスルホニウムカチオンである重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
 形態(2)の組成物における特定化合物は、カウンターカチオンが、ジアリールヨードニウムカチオン又はトリアリールスルホニウムカチオンである重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
 形態(3)の組成物における特定化合物は、カウンターカチオンが、アルカリ金属イオン、アルカリ土類金属イオン又は窒素原子上に電荷をもつ有機カチオンである添加剤であることが好ましい。
The composition of the present invention is preferably a composition of the following forms (1) to (3).
The composition of the form (1) contains one or more of a specific compound, an infrared absorber, a binder polymer and polymer particles, and a polymerizable compound.
The composition of the form (2) contains one or more of a specific compound, an acid color former, an infrared absorber, a binder polymer and polymer particles, and a polymerizable compound.
The composition of the form (3) contains one or more of a specific compound, an acid color former, an infrared absorber, a binder polymer and polymer particles, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator.
The specific compound in the composition of form (1) is preferably a polymerization initiator whose counter cation is a diaryliodonium cation or a triarylsulfonium cation.
The specific compound in the composition of the form (2) is preferably a polymerization initiator whose counter cation is a diaryliodonium cation or a triarylsulfonium cation.
The specific compound in the composition of the form (3) is preferably an additive in which the counter cation is an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth metal ion or an organic cation having a charge on a nitrogen atom.

 以下に、本発明の組成物に含まれる成分について記載する。 Below, it describes about the component contained in the composition of this invention.

〔赤外線吸収剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、赤外線吸収剤を含有することが好ましい。赤外線吸収剤は、赤外線により励起して重合開始剤等に電子移動及び/又はエネルギー移動する機能を有する。また、吸収した赤外線を熱に変換する機能を有する。赤外線吸収剤は、750~1,400nmの波長域に極大吸収を有することが好ましい。赤外線吸収剤としては、染料又は顔料が挙げられ、染料が好ましく用いられる。
[Infrared absorber]
The composition of the present invention preferably contains an infrared absorber. The infrared absorber has a function of being excited by infrared rays to perform electron transfer and / or energy transfer to a polymerization initiator or the like. It also has the function of converting the absorbed infrared radiation into heat. The infrared absorber preferably has maximum absorption in the wavelength range of 750 to 1,400 nm. As an infrared absorber, a dye or a pigment is mentioned, and a dye is preferably used.

 染料としては、市販の染料、及び、「染料便覧」(有機合成化学協会編集、昭和45年刊)等の文献に記載されている公知の染料が利用できる。具体的には、アゾ染料、金属錯塩アゾ染料、ピラゾロンアゾ染料、ナフトキノン染料、アントラキノン染料、フタロシアニン染料、カルボニウム染料、キノンイミン染料、メチン染料、シアニン染料、スクアリリウム色素、ピリリウム塩、金属チオレート錯体等の染料が挙げられる。
 染料のうち、シアニン色素、スクアリリウム色素、ピリリウム塩が好ましく、シアニン色素がより好ましく、インドレニンシアニン色素が特に好ましい。
As the dyes, commercially available dyes and known dyes described in the literature such as "Dye Handbook" (edited by the Society of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, published in 1945) can be used. Specifically, dyes such as azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, metal thiolate complexes, etc. Can be mentioned.
Among the dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes and pyrylium salts are preferable, cyanine dyes are more preferable, and indolenine cyanine dyes are particularly preferable.

 シアニン色素としては、下記一般式(a)で表されるシアニン色素が挙げられる。 Examples of the cyanine dye include cyanine dyes represented by the following general formula (a).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

 一般式(a)中、X1は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、-N(R9)(R10)、-X2-L1又は以下に示す基を表す。ここで、R9及びR10は、同じでも異なってもよく、それぞれ独立に炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数1~8のアルキル基又は水素原子を表すか、あるいは、R9とR10とが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基又は炭素数1~8のアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。R9とR10は共にフェニル基が好ましい。X2は酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表し、L1は、炭素数1~12の炭化水素基又はヘテロ原子を含む炭素数1~12の炭化水素基を表す。ここでヘテロ原子とは、N、S、O、ハロゲン原子、Seを表す。以下に示す基において、Xa-は後述するZa-と同義であり、Raは、水素原子、又はアルキル基、アリール基、置換又は無置換のアミノ基及びハロゲン原子から選択される置換基を表す。 In the general formula (a), X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, -N (R 9 ) (R 10 ), -X 2 -L 1 or a group shown below. Here, R 9 and R 10, which may be the same or different, each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a hydrogen atom, or 9 and R 10 may bond to each other to form a ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may have a substituent. Both R 9 and R 10 are preferably phenyl. X 2 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and L 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms containing a hetero atom. Here, the hetero atom represents N, S, O, a halogen atom, or Se. In the groups shown below, Xa has the same meaning as Za described later, and Ra represents a hydrogen atom, or a substituent selected from an alkyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and a halogen atom.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

 一般式(a)中、R1及びR2は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~12の炭化水素基を表す。画像記録層塗布液の保存安定性から、R1及びR2は、炭素数2以上の炭化水素基であることが好ましく、更に、R1及びR2とは互いに結合して、5員環または6員環を形成していることが特に好ましい。 In the general formula (a), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of storage stability of the coating solution for image recording layer, R 1 and R 2 are preferably hydrocarbon groups having 2 or more carbon atoms, and further, R 1 and R 2 are bonded to each other to form a 5-membered ring or It is particularly preferred to form a 6-membered ring.

 一般式(a)中、Ar1、Ar2は、同じでも異なっていてもよく、それぞれ芳香族炭化水素基を表す。芳香族炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。好ましい芳香族炭化水素基としては、ベンゼン環基及びナフタレン環基が挙げられる。また、好ましい置換基としては、炭素数12以下の炭化水素基、ハロゲン原子、炭素数12以下のアルコキシ基が挙げられる。Y1、Y2は、同じでも異なっていてもよく、それぞれ硫黄原子又は炭素数12以下のジアルキルメチレン基を表す。R3、R4は、同じでも異なっていてもよく、それぞれ炭素数20以下の炭化水素基を表す。炭素数20以下の炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。好ましい置換基としては、炭素数12以下のアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基が挙げられる。R5、R6、R7およびR8は、同じでも異なっていてもよく、それぞれ水素原子又は炭素数12以下の炭化水素基を表す。原料の入手容易性から、好ましくは水素原子である。また、Za-は、対アニオンを表す。ただし、一般式(a)で表されるシアニン色素が、その構造内にアニオン性の置換基を有し、電荷の中和が必要ない場合にはZa-は必要ない。Za-は、画像記録層塗布液の保存安定性から、ハロゲン化物イオン、過塩素酸イオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、スルホン酸イオン、又は上記有機ボレートアニオンが好ましく、過塩素酸イオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、アリールスルホン酸イオン、又は上記有機ボレートアニオンがより好ましい。 In the general formula (a), Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be the same or different and each represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Preferred aromatic hydrocarbon groups include benzene ring group and naphthalene ring group. Moreover, as a preferable substituent, a C12 or less hydrocarbon group, a halogen atom, and a C12 or less alkoxy group are mentioned. Y 1 and Y 2, which may be the same or different, each represents a sulfur atom or a dialkylmethylene group having 12 or less carbon atoms. R 3 and R 4, which may be the same or different, each represent a hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms. The hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms may have a substituent. As a preferable substituent, a C12 or less alkoxy group, a carboxy group, and a sulfo group are mentioned. R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8, which may be the same or different, each represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 12 or less carbon atoms. It is preferably a hydrogen atom in view of the availability of the raw material. Furthermore, Za - represents a counter anion. However, when the cyanine dye represented by the general formula (a) has an anionic substituent in its structure and charge neutralization is not required, Za - is not necessary. From the viewpoint of storage stability of the coating solution for image recording layer, Za - is preferably a halide ion, a perchlorate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a sulfonate ion or the above organic borate anion, and a perchlorate ion The hexafluorophosphate ion, the aryl sulfonate ion, or the organic borate anion is more preferable.

 一般式(a)で表されるシアニン色素において、X1がジフェニルアミノ基であることがより好ましい。また、X1がジフェニルアミノ基であり、Y1及びY2が共にジメチルメチレン基であることが更に好ましい。 In the cyanine dye represented by formula (a), X 1 is more preferably a diphenylamino group. More preferably, X 1 is a diphenylamino group, and both Y 1 and Y 2 are dimethylmethylene groups.

 シアニン色素が、上記有機ボレートアニオンを、対イオン(例えば、一般式(a)におけるZa-)として含有する場合、シアニン色素は、本発明に係る特定化合物に相当する。上記有機ボレートアニオンを対イオンとして含有するシアニン色素は、溶解性に優れる。 When the cyanine dye contains the above organic borate anion as a counter ion (for example, Za in the general formula (a)), the cyanine dye corresponds to the specific compound according to the present invention. The cyanine dye which contains the said organic borate anion as a counter ion is excellent in solubility.

 シアニン色素の具体例としては、特開2001-133969号公報の段落0017~0019に記載の化合物、特開2002-023360号公報の段落0016~0021、特開2002-040638号公報の段落0012~0037に記載の化合物、好ましくは特開2002-278057号公報の段落0034~0041、特開2008-195018公報の段落0080~0086に記載の化合物、特に好ましくは特開2007-90850号公報の段落0035~0043に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
 また、特開平5-5005号公報の段落0008~0009、特開2001-222101号公報の段落0022~0025に記載の化合物も好ましく使用することができる。
 顔料としては、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0072~0076に記載の化合物が好ましい。
Specific examples of the cyanine dye include compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0019 of JP-A 2001-133969, paragraphs 0016 to 0021 of JP-A 2002-023360, and paragraphs 0012 to 0037 of JP-A 2002-040638. Compounds described in JP-A-2002-278057, preferably compounds described in paragraphs 0034-0041 of JP-A-2002-195018, and particularly preferably compounds described in JP-A-2007-90850 The compounds described in 0043 can be mentioned.
Further, compounds described in paragraphs 0008 to 0009 of JP-A-5-5005 and paragraphs 0022 to 0025 of JP-A 2001-222101 can also be preferably used.
As the pigment, the compounds described in paragraphs 0072 to 0076 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.

 赤外線吸収剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 赤外線吸収剤は、組成物中に任意の量含有させることができる。赤外線吸収剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中、0.05~30質量%が好ましく、0.1~20質量%がより好ましく、0.2~10質量%が更に好ましい。
The infrared absorbers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The infrared absorbing agent can be contained in any amount in the composition. The content of the infrared absorber is preferably 0.05 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, and still more preferably 0.2 to 10% by mass, in the total solid content of the composition.

〔重合性化合物〕
 本発明の組成物は、重合性化合物を含有することが好ましい。重合性化合物は、例えば、ラジカル重合性化合物であっても、カチオン重合性化合物であってもよいが、少なくとも1個のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する付加重合性化合物(エチレン性不飽和化合物)であることが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、末端エチレン性不飽和結合を少なくとも1個有する化合物が好ましく、末端エチレン性不飽和結合を2個以上有する化合物がより好ましい。重合性化合物は、例えばモノマー、プレポリマー、即ち、2量体、3量体若しくはオリゴマー、又は、それらの混合物などの化学的形態を持つことができる。
[Polymerizable compound]
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound. The polymerizable compound may be, for example, a radically polymerizable compound or a cationically polymerizable compound, but it is an addition polymerizable compound (ethylenically unsaturated compound) having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond. Is preferred. As the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a compound having at least one terminal ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferable, and a compound having two or more terminal ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferable. The polymerizable compound can have a chemical form such as, for example, a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer or an oligomer, or a mixture thereof.

 モノマーの例としては、不飽和カルボン酸(例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸)や、そのエステル類、アミド類が挙げられる。好ましくは、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アルコール化合物とのエステル類、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アミン化合物とのアミド類が用いられる。また、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、メルカプト基等の求核性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル類あるいはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能イソシアネート類あるいはエポキシ類との付加反応物、及び単官能もしくは多官能のカルボン酸との脱水縮合反応物等も好適に使用される。また、イソシアネート基、エポキシ基等の親電子性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル類あるいはアミド類と単官能又は多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との付加反応物、更にハロゲン原子、トシルオキシ基等の脱離性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル類あるいはアミド類と単官能又は多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との置換反応物も好適である。また、別の例として、上記の不飽和カルボン酸を、不飽和ホスホン酸、スチレン、ビニルエーテル等に置き換えた化合物群を使用することもできる。これら化合物は、特表2006-508380号公報、特開2002-287344号公報、特開2008-256850号公報、特開2001-342222号公報、特開平9-179296号公報、特開平9-179297号公報、特開平9-179298号公報、特開2004-294935号公報、特開2006-243493号公報、特開2002-275129号公報、特開2003-64130号公報、特開2003-280187号公報、特開平10-333321号公報等に記載されている。 Examples of the monomer include unsaturated carboxylic acids (eg, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid), esters thereof and amides thereof. Preferably, esters of unsaturated carboxylic acid and polyhydric alcohol compound, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acid and polyhydric amine compound are used. Also, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a nucleophilic substituent such as hydroxy group, amino group and mercapto group with monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxies, and monofunctional or monofunctional Dehydration condensation products with polyfunctional carboxylic acids and the like are also suitably used. In addition, unsaturated carboxylic acid esters having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group and an epoxy group, or an addition reaction product of an amide with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol, and a halogen atom, Also suitable are substitution products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a leaving substituent such as tosyloxy group, and amides with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols. As another example, a compound group in which the above-mentioned unsaturated carboxylic acid is replaced by unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether and the like can also be used. These compounds are disclosed in JP-A-2006-508380, JP-A-2002-287344, JP-A-2008-256850, JP-A-2001-342222, JP-A-9-179296 and JP-A-9-179297. Patent Publication Nos. 9-179298, 2004-294935, 2006-243493, 2002-275129, 2003-64130, 2003-280187, It is described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-333321 and the like.

 多価アルコール化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルのモノマーの具体例としては、アクリル酸エステルとして、エチレングリコールジアクリレート、1,3-ブタンジオールジアクリレート、テトラメチレングリコールジアクリレート、プロピレングリコールジアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ソルビトールトリアクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド(EO)変性トリアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレートオリゴマー等が挙げられる。メタクリル酸エステルとして、テトラメチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジメタクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリメタクリレート、エチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリメタクリレート、ビス〔p-(3-メタクリルオキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロポキシ)フェニル〕ジメチルメタン、ビス〔p-(メタクリルオキシエトキシ)フェニル〕ジメチルメタン等が挙げられる。また、多価アミン化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのアミドのモノマーの具体例としては、メチレンビスアクリルアミド、メチレンビスメタクリルアミド、1,6-ヘキサメチレンビスアクリルアミド、1,6-ヘキサメチレンビスメタクリルアミド、ジエチレントリアミントリスアクリルアミド、キシリレンビスアクリルアミド、キシリレンビスメタクリルアミド等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of monomers of esters of polyhydric alcohol compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include, as acrylic acid esters, ethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, tetramethylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, and the like. Examples thereof include trimethylolpropane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, ethylene oxide (EO) modified triacrylate isocyanurate, and polyester acrylate oligomer. As methacrylic acid ester, tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, bis [p- (3-methacryloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy) phenyl] Dimethylmethane, bis [p- (methacryloxyethoxy) phenyl] dimethylmethane and the like can be mentioned. Further, specific examples of monomers of amides of a polyvalent amine compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid include methylenebisacrylamide, methylenebismethacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebisacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebismethacrylamide, Diethylene triamine tris acrylamide, xylylene bis acrylamide, xylylene bis methacrylamide etc. are mentioned.

 また、イソシアネートとヒドロキシ基の付加反応を用いて製造されるウレタン系付加重合性化合物も好適であり、その具体例としては、例えば、特公昭48-41708号公報に記載されている、1分子に2個以上のイソシアネート基を有するポリイソシアネート化合物に下記式(M)で表されるヒドロキシ基を含有するビニルモノマーを付加させて得られる1分子中に2個以上の重合性ビニル基を含有するビニルウレタン化合物等が挙げられる。
 CH=C(RM4)COOCHCH(RM5)OH    (M)
 式(M)中、RM4及びRM5は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
Further, urethane addition polymerization compounds produced by using an addition reaction of an isocyanate and a hydroxy group are also suitable, and specific examples thereof include, for example, one molecule described in JP-B-48-41708. Vinyl containing two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in one molecule obtained by adding a hydroxyl group-containing vinyl monomer represented by the following formula (M) to a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups Urethane compounds and the like can be mentioned.
CH 2 = C (R M4 ) COOCH 2 CH (R M5 ) OH (M)
In formula (M), R M4 and R M5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

 また、特開昭51-37193号公報、特公平2-32293号公報、特公平2-16765号公報、特開2003-344997号公報、特開2006-65210号公報に記載のウレタンアクリレート類、特公昭58-49860号公報、特公昭56-17654号公報、特公昭62-39417号公報、特公昭62-39418号公報、特開2000-250211号公報、特開2007-94138号公報に記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類、米国特許第7153632号明細書、特表平8-505958号公報、特開2007-293221号公報、特開2007-293223号公報に記載の親水基を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。 Also, urethane acrylates described in JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, JP-B 2-16765, JP-A 2003-344997, JP-A 2006-65210, The ethylenes described in JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, JP-B-62-39418, JP-A-2000-250211 and JP-A-2007-94138. Urethane Compounds Having an Oxide-Based Skeleton, U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,153,632, JP-A-8-505,598, JP-A-2007-293221, JP-A-2007-293223, and Urethane Compounds Having a Hydrophilic Group Are also suitable.

 重合性化合物の構造、単独使用か併用か、添加量等の使用方法の詳細は、組成物の最終的な用途等を考慮して任意に設定できる。
 重合性化合物の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中、5~75質量%が好ましく、10~70質量%がより好ましく、15~60質量%が更に好ましい。
The details of the method of use, such as the structure of the polymerizable compound, single use or combined use, and the addition amount can be arbitrarily set in consideration of the final use of the composition and the like.
The content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 5 to 75% by mass, more preferably 10 to 70% by mass, and still more preferably 15 to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.

〔重合開始剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。重合開始剤は、光、熱あるいはその両方のエネルギーによりラジカルやカチオン等の重合開始種を発生する化合物であり、公知の熱重合開始剤、結合解離エネルギーの小さな結合を有する化合物、光重合開始剤などから適宜選択して用いることができる。
 重合開始剤としては、赤外線感光性重合開始剤が好ましい。また、重合開始剤としては、ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましい。
 ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、有機ハロゲン化物、カルボニル化合物、アゾ化合物、有機過酸化物、メタロセン化合物、アジド化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、ジスルホン化合物、オキシムエステル化合物、及び、オニウム塩化合物が挙げられる。
[Polymerization initiator]
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization initiator. The polymerization initiator is a compound that generates polymerization initiation species such as radicals and cations by light and / or heat energy, and known thermal polymerization initiators, compounds having a small bond dissociation energy, and photopolymerization initiators And so on.
As a polymerization initiator, an infrared photosensitive polymerization initiator is preferable. Moreover, as a polymerization initiator, a radical polymerization initiator is preferable.
Examples of the radical polymerization initiator include organic halides, carbonyl compounds, azo compounds, organic peroxides, metallocene compounds, azide compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, disulfone compounds, oxime ester compounds, and onium salt compounds. Be

 有機ハロゲン化物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0022~0023に記載の化合物が好ましい。
 カルボニル化合物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0024に記載の化合物が好ましい。
 アゾ化合物としては、例えば、特開平8-108621号公報に記載のアゾ化合物等が挙げられる。
 有機過酸化物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0025に記載の化合物が好ましい。
 メタロセン化合物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0026に記載の化合物が好ましい。
 アジド化合物としては、例えば、2,6-ビス(4-アジドベンジリデン)-4-メチルシクロヘキサノン等の化合物が挙げられる。
 ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0027に記載の化合物が好ましい。
 ジスルホン化合物としては、例えば、特開昭61-166544号、特開2002-328465号の各公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
 オキシムエステル化合物としては、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0028~0030に記載の化合物が好ましい。
As the organic halide, for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0023 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
As the carbonyl compound, for example, compounds described in paragraph 0024 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
Examples of the azo compound include azo compounds described in JP-A-8-108621.
As the organic peroxide, for example, compounds described in paragraph 0025 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
As the metallocene compound, for example, the compounds described in paragraph 0026 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
Examples of the azide compound include compounds such as 2,6-bis (4-azidobenzylidene) -4-methylcyclohexanone.
As the hexaarylbiimidazole compound, for example, compounds described in paragraph 0027 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
Examples of the disulfone compound include compounds described in JP-A-61-166544 and JP-A-2002-328465.
As the oxime ester compound, for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0028 to 0030 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.

 重合開始剤の中でも、硬化性の観点から、より好ましいものとして、オキシムエステル及びオニウム塩が挙げられ、ヨードニウム塩、スルホニウム塩及びアジニウム塩等のオニウム塩が更に好ましく挙げられる。本発明の組成物が平版印刷版原版に適用される場合には、ヨードニウム塩、スルホニウム塩が特に好ましい。ヨードニウム塩及びスルホニウム塩の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Among the polymerization initiators, oxime esters and onium salts are more preferable from the viewpoint of curability, and onium salts such as iodonium salts, sulfonium salts and azinium salts are further preferable. When the composition of the present invention is applied to a lithographic printing plate precursor, iodonium salts and sulfonium salts are particularly preferred. Specific examples of iodonium salts and sulfonium salts are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

 ヨードニウム塩の例としては、ジフェニルヨードニウム塩が好ましく、特に、電子供与性基を置換基として有する、例えば、アルキル基又はアルコキシル基で置換されたジフェニルヨードニウム塩が好ましく、また、非対称のジフェニルヨードニウム塩が好ましい。具体例としては、ジフェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-メトキシフェニル-4-(2-メチルプロピル)フェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-(2-メチルプロピル)フェニル-p-トリルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-ヘキシルオキシフェニル-2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-ヘキシルオキシフェニル-2,4-ジエトキシフェニルヨードニウム=テトラフルオロボラート、4-オクチルオキシフェニル-2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニルヨードニウム=1-ペルフルオロブタンスルホナート、4-オクチルオキシフェニル-2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、ビス(4-t-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファートが挙げられる。 As an example of the iodonium salt, diphenyliodonium salt is preferable, and in particular, diphenyliodonium salt having an electron donating group as a substituent, for example, diphenyliodonium salt substituted with an alkyl group or an alkoxyl group is preferable, and asymmetric diphenyliodonium salt is also preferable. preferable. Specific examples thereof include diphenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphate, 4-methoxyphenyl-4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphate, 4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyl-p-tolyliodonium = hexa Fluorophosphate, 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphate, 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4-diethoxyphenyliodonium = tetrafluoroborate, 4-octyloxy Phenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium = 1-perfluorobutanesulfonate, 4-octyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphate, bis ( -t- butylphenyl) iodonium hexafluorophosphate and the like.

 スルホニウム塩の例としては、トリアリールスルホニウム塩が好ましく、特に電子求引性基を置換基として有する、例えば、芳香環上の基の少なくとも一部がハロゲン原子で置換されたトリアリールスルホニウム塩が好ましく、芳香環上のハロゲン原子の総置換数が4以上であるトリアリールスルホニウム塩が更に好ましい。具体例としては、トリフェニルスルホニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、トリフェニルスルホニウム=ベンゾイルホルマート、ビス(4-クロロフェニル)フェニルスルホニウム=ベンゾイルホルマート、ビス(4-クロロフェニル)-4-メチルフェニルスルホニウム=テトラフルオロボラート、トリス(4-クロロフェニル)スルホニウム=3,5-ビス(メトキシカルボニル)ベンゼンスルホナート、トリス(4-クロロフェニル)スルホニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、トリス(2,4-ジクロロフェニル)スルホニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファートが挙げられる。 Examples of sulfonium salts are preferably triarylsulfonium salts, particularly preferably triarylsulfonium salts having an electron withdrawing group as a substituent, for example, a triarylsulfonium salt in which at least a part of the group on the aromatic ring is substituted with a halogen atom. And triarylsulfonium salts in which the total substitution number of halogen atoms on the aromatic ring is 4 or more are more preferable. Specific examples thereof include triphenylsulfonium = hexafluorophosphate, triphenylsulfonium = benzoyl formate, bis (4-chlorophenyl) phenylsulfonium = benzoyl formate, bis (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methylphenylsulfonium = tetrafluoro Borate, tris (4-chlorophenyl) sulfonium = 3,5-bis (methoxycarbonyl) benzenesulfonate, tris (4-chlorophenyl) sulfonium = hexafluorophosphate, tris (2,4-dichlorophenyl) sulfonium = hexafluorophos Fert is mentioned.

 重合開始剤は、本発明に係る有機ボレートアニオンを、アニオンとして含有することができる。この場合、重合開始剤は、本発明に係る特定化合物に相当する。 The polymerization initiator can contain the organic borate anion according to the present invention as an anion. In this case, the polymerization initiator corresponds to the specific compound according to the present invention.

 重合開始剤は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 重合開始剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中、0.1~50質量%が好ましく、0.5~30質量%がより好ましく、0.8~20質量%が更に好ましい。
The polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, and still more preferably 0.8 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.

〔バインダーポリマー〕
 本発明の組成物は、バインダーポリマーを含有することが好ましい。バインダーポリマーとしては、皮膜性を有するポリマーが好ましく、組成物に用いられる公知のバインダーポリマーを好適に使用することができる。中でも、バインダーポリマーとしては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂が好ましい。
[Binder polymer]
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a binder polymer. As the binder polymer, polymers having film properties are preferable, and known binder polymers used in the composition can be suitably used. Among them, as the binder polymer, (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin and polyurethane resin are preferable.

 本発明の組成物が平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に適用される場合には、バインダーポリマーは平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に用いられる公知のバインダーポリマーを好適に使用することができる。一例として、機上現像型の平版印刷版原版に用いられるバインダーポリマー(以下、機上現像用バインダーポリマーともいう)について、詳細に記載する。
 機上現像用バインダーポリマーとしては、アルキレンオキサイド鎖を有するバインダーポリマーが好ましい。アルキレンオキサイド鎖を有するバインダーポリマーは、ポリ(アルキレンオキサイド)部位を主鎖に有していても側鎖に有していてもよい。また、ポリ(アルキレンオキサイド)を側鎖に有するグラフトポリマーでも、ポリ(アルキレンオキサイド)含有繰返し単位で構成されるブロックと(アルキレンオキサイド)非含有繰返し単位で構成されるブロックとのブロックコポリマーでもよい。
 ポリ(アルキレンオキサイド)部位を主鎖に有する場合は、ポリウレタン樹脂が好ましい。ポリ(アルキレンオキサイド)部位を側鎖に有する場合の主鎖のポリマーとしては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリウレア樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、合成ゴム、天然ゴムが挙げられ、特に(メタ)アクリル樹脂が好ましい。
When the composition of the present invention is applied to the image recording layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor, a known binder polymer used in the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor can be suitably used as the binder polymer. As an example, a binder polymer (hereinafter, also referred to as a binder polymer for on-press development) used for an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor will be described in detail.
As a binder polymer for on-press development, a binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain is preferable. The binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain may have a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the main chain or in the side chain. Further, it may be a graft polymer having a poly (alkylene oxide) in a side chain, or a block copolymer of a block constituted by a poly (alkylene oxide) -containing repeating unit and a block constituted by a (alkylene oxide) non-containing repeating unit.
When it has a poly (alkylene oxide) site in the main chain, a polyurethane resin is preferred. The polymer of the main chain when having a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the side chain includes (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, polyurea resin, polyimide resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polystyrene resin, novolac type Phenol resin, polyester resin, synthetic rubber, natural rubber are mentioned, and (meth) acrylic resin is particularly preferable.

 アルキレンオキサイドとしては炭素数が2~6のアルキレンオキサイドが好ましく、エチレンオキサイド又はプロピレンオキサイドが特に好ましい。
 ポリ(アルキレンオキサイド)部位におけるアルキレンオキサイドの繰返し数は2~120が好ましく、2~70がより好ましく、2~50が更に好ましい。
 アルキレンオキサイドの繰返し数が120以下であれば、摩耗による耐刷性、インキ受容性による耐刷性の両方が低下することがなく好ましい。
As the alkylene oxide, an alkylene oxide having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and ethylene oxide or propylene oxide is particularly preferable.
The number of repeating alkylene oxides in the poly (alkylene oxide) moiety is preferably 2 to 120, more preferably 2 to 70, and still more preferably 2 to 50.
If the number of repetitions of the alkylene oxide is 120 or less, both of the printing durability due to abrasion and the printing durability due to ink receptivity do not deteriorate, which is preferable.

 ポリ(アルキレンオキサイド)部位は、バインダーポリマーの側鎖として、下記式(AO)で表される構造で含有されることが好ましく、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の側鎖として、下記式(AO)で表される構造で含有されることがより好ましい。 The poly (alkylene oxide) moiety is preferably contained as a side chain of the binder polymer in a structure represented by the following formula (AO), and as a side chain of a (meth) acrylic resin, it is represented by the following formula (AO) More preferably, it is contained in the following structure.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

 式(AO)中、yは2~120を表し、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Rは水素原子又は一価の有機基を表す。
 一価の有機基としては、炭素数1~6のアルキル基が好ましい。具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、1,1-ジメチルブチル基、2,2-ジメチルブチル基、シクロペンチル基及びシクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。
 式(AO)において、yは2~70が好ましく、2~50がより好ましい。Rは水素原子又はメチル基が好ましく、水素原子が特に好ましい。Rは水素原子又はメチル基が特に好ましい。
In formula (AO), y represents 2 to 120, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
As the monovalent organic group, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable. Specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, n- And hexyl, isohexyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl groups.
In the formula (AO), y is preferably 2 to 70, and more preferably 2 to 50. R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. R 2 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

 バインダーポリマーは、画像部の皮膜強度を向上するために、架橋性を有していてもよい。ポリマーに架橋性を持たせるためには、エチレン性不飽和結合などの架橋性官能基を高分子の主鎖中又は側鎖中に導入すればよい。架橋性官能基は、共重合により導入してもよいし、ポリマー反応により導入してもよい。
 分子の主鎖中にエチレン性不飽和結合を有するポリマーの例としては、ポリ-1,4-ブタジエン、ポリ-1,4-イソプレンなどが挙げられる。
 分子の側鎖中にエチレン性不飽和結合を有するポリマーの例としては、アクリル酸又はメタクリル酸のエステル又はアミドのポリマーであって、エステル又はアミドの残基(-COOR又は-CONHRのR)がエチレン性不飽和結合を有するポリマーを挙げることができる。
The binder polymer may have crosslinkability in order to improve the film strength of the image area. In order to give the polymer crosslinkability, a crosslinkable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be introduced into the main chain or side chain of the polymer. The crosslinkable functional group may be introduced by copolymerization or may be introduced by a polymer reaction.
Examples of polymers having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the main chain of the molecule include poly-1,4-butadiene, poly-1,4-isoprene and the like.
An example of a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain of the molecule is a polymer of an ester or amide of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, and the residue of ester or amide (R of -COOR or -CONHR) is Mention may be made of polymers having ethylenically unsaturated bonds.

 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する残基(上記R)の例としては、-(CHCR1A=CR2A3A、-(CHO)CHCR1A=CR2A3A、-(CHCHO)CHCR1A=CR2A3A、-(CHNH-CO-O-CHCR1A=CR2A3A、-(CH-O-CO-CR1A=CR2A3A及び-(CHCHO)-X(式中、RA1~RA3はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基又はアリールオキシ基を表し、RA1とRA2又はRA3とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。nは、1~10の整数を表す。Xは、ジシクロペンタジエニル残基を表す。)を挙げることができる。 As an example of the residue having the ethylenically unsaturated bond (the above R),-(CH 2 ) n CR 1A = CR 2 AR 3 -A ,-(CH 2 O) n CH 2 CR 1 A = CR 2 AR 3 A ,- (CH 2 CH 2 O) n CH 2 CR 1A = CR 2A R 3A, - (CH 2) n NH-CO-O-CH 2 CR 1A = CR 2A R 3A, - (CH 2) n -O-CO -CR 1A = CR 2A R 3A and-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 2 -X A (wherein, R A1 to R A3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, And R A1 and R A2 or R A3 may combine with each other to form a ring, n represents an integer of 1 to 10. X A represents a di-aryl group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group. Represents a cyclopentadienyl residue. It can be mentioned.

 エステル残基の具体例としては、-CHCH=CH、-CHCHO-CHCH=CH、-CHC(CH)=CH、-CHCH=CH-C、-CHCHOCOCH=CH-C、-CHCH-NHCOO-CHCH=CH及び-CHCHO-X(式中、Xはジシクロペンタジエニル残基を表す。)が挙げられる。
 アミド残基の具体例としては、-CHCH=CH、-CHCH-Y(式中、Yはシクロヘキセン残基を表す。)及び-CHCH-OCO-CH=CHが挙げられる。
Specific examples of the ester residue include —CH 2 CH = CH 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 O—CH 2 CH = CH 2 , —CH 2 C (CH 3 ) = CH 2 and —CH 2 CH = CH— C 6 H 5 , —CH 2 CH 2 OCOCH = CH—C 6 H 5 , —CH 2 CH 2 —NHCOO—CH 2 CH = CH 2 and —CH 2 CH 2 O—X, wherein X is a dicyclo And a pentadienyl residue).
Specific examples of the amide residue include —CH 2 CH = CH 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 —Y (wherein Y represents a cyclohexene residue) and —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—CH = CH 2 Can be mentioned.

 架橋性を有するバインダーポリマーは、例えば、その架橋性官能基にフリーラジカル(重合開始ラジカル又は重合性化合物の重合過程の生長ラジカル)が付加し、ポリマー間で直接に又は重合性化合物の重合連鎖を介して付加重合して、ポリマー分子間に架橋が形成されて硬化する。または、ポリマー中の原子(例えば、官能性架橋基に隣接する炭素原子上の水素原子)がフリーラジカルにより引き抜かれてポリマーラジカルが生成し、それが互いに結合することによって、ポリマー分子間に架橋が形成されて硬化する。 In the binder polymer having crosslinkability, for example, free radicals (polymerization initiating radicals or propagating radicals in the polymerization process of the polymerizable compound) are added to the crosslinkable functional group to directly or interpolymerize the polymerization chain of the polymerizable compound. Addition polymerization is performed to form crosslinks between polymer molecules and cure. Alternatively, an atom in the polymer (for example, a hydrogen atom on a carbon atom adjacent to a functional crosslinking group) is extracted by a free radical to generate a polymer radical, which combines with one another to form a crosslink between polymer molecules It forms and cures.

 バインダーポリマー中の架橋性基の含有量(ヨウ素滴定によるラジカル重合可能な不飽和二重結合の含有量)は、良好な感度と良好な保存安定性の観点から、バインダーポリマー1g当たり、0.1~10.0mmolが好ましく、1.0~7.0mmolがより好ましく、2.0~5.5mmolが更に好ましい。 The content of the crosslinkable group in the binder polymer (content of the radically polymerizable unsaturated double bond by iodine titration) is preferably 0.1 per gram of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of good sensitivity and good storage stability. It is preferably -10.0 mmol, more preferably 1.0-7.0 mmol, still more preferably 2.0-5.5 mmol.

 以下にバインダーポリマーの具体例1~11を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。下記例示化合物中、各繰返し単位に併記される数値(主鎖繰返し単位に併記される数値)は、繰返し単位のモル百分率を表す。側鎖の繰返し単位に併記される数値は、繰返し部位の繰返し数を示す。また、Meはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。 Specific examples 1 to 11 of the binder polymer are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the following exemplified compounds, the numerical values shown in parallel with each repeating unit (the numerical values shown in parallel with the main chain repeating unit) represent the mole percentage of the repeating unit. The numerical value added to the repeating unit of the side chain indicates the number of repeats of the repeating site. Also, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022

 バインダーポリマーの分子量は、GPC法によるポリスチレン換算値として重量平均分子量(Mw)が、2,000以上であり、5,000以上が好ましく、10,000~300,000がより好ましい。
 また、本発明において、オリゴマーは、Mw800以上2,000未満のものとし、ポリマーは、Mw2,000以上のものとする。
The molecular weight of the binder polymer is 2,000 or more, preferably 5,000 or more, and more preferably 10,000 to 300,000, as weight average molecular weight (Mw) as polystyrene conversion value by GPC method.
Further, in the present invention, the oligomer has a Mw of 800 or more and less than 2,000, and the polymer has a Mw of 2,000 or more.

 必要に応じて、特開2008-195018号公報に記載のポリアクリル酸、ポリビニルアルコールなどの親水性ポリマーを併用することができる。また、親油的なポリマーと親水的なポリマーとを併用することもできる。 If necessary, hydrophilic polymers such as polyacrylic acid and polyvinyl alcohol described in JP-A-2008-195018 can be used in combination. Also, lipophilic polymers and hydrophilic polymers can be used in combination.

 本発明の組成物を平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に適用する場合、上記バインダーポリマーは、組成物中で、各成分のバインダーとして機能するポリマーとして存在してもよいし、粒子の形状で存在してもよい。粒子の形状で存在する場合には、体積平均一次粒径は、好ましくは10~1,000nmであり、より好ましくは20~300nmであり、更に好ましくは30~120nmである。
 本発明において、体積平均一次粒径は、粒子の電子顕微鏡写真を撮影し、写真上で粒子の粒径を総計で5000個測定し、算術平均値を算出することにより得られる。
 非球形粒子については写真上の粒子面積と同一の粒子面積を持つ球形粒子の粒径値を粒径(円相当径)として測定する。
 上記体積平均一次粒径の測定方法は、特別な記載がない限り、粒子の形状で存在するバインダーポリマー以外の粒子についても同様である。
When the composition of the present invention is applied to the image recording layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor, the binder polymer may be present in the composition as a polymer functioning as a binder for each component, or in the form of particles. You may When present in the form of particles, the volume average primary particle size is preferably 10 to 1,000 nm, more preferably 20 to 300 nm, and still more preferably 30 to 120 nm.
In the present invention, the volume average primary particle size can be obtained by taking an electron micrograph of the particle, measuring the total particle size of 5000 particles on the photograph, and calculating the arithmetic mean value.
For non-spherical particles, the particle diameter value of spherical particles having the same particle area as the particle area on the photograph is measured as the particle diameter (equivalent circle diameter).
The method of measuring the volume average primary particle size is the same as for the particles other than the binder polymer present in the form of particles, unless otherwise specified.

 バインダーポリマーは、1種単独で使用してよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 バインダーポリマーは、組成物中に任意の量で含有させることができる。バインダーポリマーの含有量は、本発明の組成物の用途などにより適宜選択できるが、組成物の全固形分中、1~90質量%が好ましく、5~80質量%がより好ましい。
The binder polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The binder polymer can be contained in any amount in the composition. The content of the binder polymer can be appropriately selected depending on the application of the composition of the present invention and the like, but it is preferably 1 to 90% by mass, more preferably 5 to 80% by mass in the total solid content of the composition.

〔酸発色剤〕
 本発明の組成物は酸発色剤を含有することができる。酸発色剤は、電子受容性化合物(例えば酸等のプロトン)を受容することにより、発色する性質を有する化合物である。酸発色剤としては、ラクトン、ラクタム、サルトン、スピロピラン、エステル、アミド等の部分骨格を有し、電子受容性化合物と接触した時に、速やかにこれらの部分骨格が開環若しくは開裂する無色の化合物が好ましい。
[Acid color developing agent]
The composition of the present invention can contain an acid color former. The acid color former is a compound having a property of developing a color by accepting an electron accepting compound (for example, a proton such as an acid). As an acid color developing agent, a colorless compound which has a partial skeleton such as lactone, lactam, sultone, spiropyran, ester or amide, and which partially opens or cleaves the partial skeleton when contacted with an electron accepting compound preferable.

 このような酸発色剤の例としては、3,3-ビス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド(”クリスタルバイオレットラクトン”と称される)、3,3-ビス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)フタリド、3-(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-3-(4-ジエチルアミノ-2-メチルフェニル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3-(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1,2-ジメチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、3-(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-3-(2-メチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、3,3-ビス(1,2-ジメチルインドール-3-イル)-5-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3,3-ビス(1,2-ジメチルインドール-3-イル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3,3-ビス(9-エチルカルバゾール-3-イル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3,3-ビス(2-フェニルインドール-3-イル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3-(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-メチルピロール-3-イル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、 Examples of such acid-coloring agents include: 3,3-bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide (referred to as "crystal violet lactone"), 3,3-bis (4- Dimethylaminophenyl) phthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (4-diethylamino-2-methylphenyl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (1 , 2-Dimethylindol-3-yl) phthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (2-methylindol-3-yl) phthalide, 3,3-bis (1,2-dimethylindole-3) -Yl) -5-dimethylaminophthalide, 3,3-bis (1,2-dimethylindol-3-yl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3,3-biphenyl (9-Ethylcarbazol-3-yl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3,3-bis (2-phenylindol-3-yl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-methylpyrrol-3-yl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide,

 3,3-ビス〔1,1-ビス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)エチレン-2-イル〕-4,5,6,7-テトラクロロフタリド、3,3-ビス〔1,1-ビス(4-ピロリジノフェニル)エチレン-2-イル〕-4,5,6,7-テトラブロモフタリド、3,3-ビス〔1-(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-1-(4-メトキシフェニル)エチレン-2-イル〕-4,5,6,7-テトラクロロフタリド、3,3-ビス〔1-(4-ピロリジノフェニル)-1-(4-メトキシフェニル)エチレン-2-イル〕-4,5,6,7-テトラクロロフタリド、3-〔1,1-ジ(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)エチレン-2-イル〕-3-(4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)フタリド、3-〔1,1-ジ(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)エチレン-2-イル〕-3-(4-N-エチル-N-フェニルアミノフェニル)フタリド、3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-n-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-フタリド、3,3-ビス(1-n-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-フタリド、3-(2-メチル-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-n-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-フタリド等のフタリド類、 3,3-bis [1,1-bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) ethylene-2-yl] -4,5,6,7-tetrachlorophthalide, 3,3-bis [1,1-bis ( 4-Pyrrolidinophenyl) ethylene-2-yl] -4,5,6,7-tetrabromophthalide, 3,3-bis [1- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -1- (4-methoxyphenyl) Ethylene-2-yl] -4,5,6,7-tetrachlorophthalide, 3,3-bis [1- (4-pyrrolidinophenyl) -1- (4-methoxyphenyl) ethylene-2-yl] -4,5,6,7-tetrachlorophthalide, 3- [1,1-di (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) ethylene-2-yl] -3- (4-diethylaminophenyl) ) Phthalide, 3- [1,1-di (1-ethyl-2-methyl) Leindol-3-yl) ethylene-2-yl] -3- (4-N-ethyl-N-phenylaminophenyl) phthalide, 3- (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-n) -Octyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -phthalide, 3,3-bis (1-n-octyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -phthalide, 3- (2-methyl-4-diethylaminophenyl) Phthalides such as 3- (1-n-octyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -phthalide;

 4,4-ビス-ジメチルアミノベンズヒドリンベンジルエーテル、N-ハロフェニル-ロイコオーラミン、N-2,4,5-トリクロロフェニルロイコオーラミン、ローダミン-B-アニリノラクタム、ローダミン-(4-ニトロアニリノ)ラクタム、ローダミン-B-(4-クロロアニリノ)ラクタム、3,7-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)-10-ベンゾイルフェノオキサジン、ベンゾイルロイコメチレンブルー、4ーニトロベンゾイルメチレンブルー、 4,4-Bis-dimethylaminobenzhydrin benzyl ether, N-halophenyl-leucoauramine, N-2,4,5-trichlorophenyl leucoauramine, rhodamine-B-anilinolactam, rhodamine- (4-nitroanilino ) Lactam, rhodamine-B- (4-chloroanilino) lactam, 3,7-bis (diethylamino) -10-benzoylphenoxazine, benzoyl leuco methylene blue, 4-nitrobenzoyl methylene blue,

 3,6-ジメトキシフルオラン、3-ジメチルアミノ-7-メトキシフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メトキシフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-メトキシフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-クロロフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-クロロフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6,7-ジメチルフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-n-ブチルアミノ-7-メチルフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-ジベンジルアミノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-オクチルアミノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-ジ-n-ヘキシルアミノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-(2’-フルオロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-(2’-クロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-(3’-クロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-(2’,3’-ジクロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-(3’-トリフルオロメチルフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-7-(2’-フルオロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-7-(2’-クロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-N-イソペンチル-N-エチルアミノ-7-(2’-クロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、 3,6-Dimethoxyfluoran, 3-dimethylamino-7-methoxyfluoran, 3-diethylamino-6-methoxyfluoran, 3-diethylamino-7-methoxyfluoran, 3-diethylamino-7-chlorofluoran, 3 -Diethylamino-6-methyl-7-chlorofluoran, 3-diethylamino-6,7-dimethylfluoran, 3-N-cyclohexyl-N-n-butylamino-7-methylfluoran, 3-diethylamino-7- Dibenzylaminofluoran, 3-diethylamino-7-octylaminofluoran, 3-diethylamino-7-di-n-hexylaminofluoran, 3-diethylamino-7-anilinofluoran, 3-diethylamino-7- ( 2'-Fluorophenylamino) fluorane, 3-diethylamino 7- (2'-chlorophenylamino) fluoran, 3-diethylamino-7- (3'-chlorophenylamino) fluoran, 3-diethylamino-7- (2 ', 3'-dichlorophenylamino) fluoran, 3-diethylamino-7- (3′-trifluoromethylphenylamino) fluoran, 3-di-n-butylamino-7- (2′-fluorophenylamino) fluoran, 3-di-n-butylamino-7- (2′-chlorophenylamino ) Fluoran, 3-N-isopentyl-N-ethylamino-7- (2'-chlorophenylamino) fluoran,

 3-N-n-ヘキシル-N-エチルアミノ-7-(2’-クロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-クロロ-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-6-クロロ-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メトキシ-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-6-エトキシ-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ピロリジノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ピペリジノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-モルホリノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジメチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジ-n-ペンチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-エチル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-Nn-プロピル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-n-プロピル-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-n-ブチル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-n-ブチル-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-イソブチル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-イソブチル-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-イソペンチル-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-n-ヘキシル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-n-プロピルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-n-ブチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-n-ヘキシルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-n-オクチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、 3-N-n-Hexyl-N-ethylamino-7- (2'-chlorophenylamino) fluorane, 3-diethylamino-6-chloro-7-anilinofluorane, 3-di-n-butylamino-6- Chloro-7-anilinofluorane, 3-diethylamino-6-methoxy-7-anilinofluorane, 3-di-n-butylamino-6-ethoxy-7-anilinofluorane, 3-pyrrolidino-6- 6 Methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-piperidino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-morpholino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-dimethylamino-6-methyl-7- Anilinofluorane, 3-diethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-di-n-butylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-di- -Pentylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-ethyl-N-methylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-Nn-propyl-N-methylamino-6- Methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-n-propyl-N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-n-butyl-N-methylamino-6-methyl- 7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-n-butyl-N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-isobutyl-N-methylamino-6-methyl-7-anilino Fluoran, 3-N-Isobutyl-N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-isopentyl-N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N -N-hexi -N-Methylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-cyclohexyl-N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-cyclohexyl-N-n-propyl Amino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-cyclohexyl-Nn-butylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-cyclohexyl-Nn-hexylamino- 6-Methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-cyclohexyl-Nn-octylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane,

 3-N-(2’-メトキシエチル)-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(2’-メトキシエチル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(2’-メトキシエチル)-N-イソブチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(2’-エトキシエチル)-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(2’-エトキシエチル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(3’-メトキシプロピル)-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(3’-メトキシプロピル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(3’-エトキシプロピル)-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(3’-エトキシプロピル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(2’-テトラヒドロフルフリル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(4’-メチルフェニル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-エチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-(3’-メチルフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-(2’,6’-ジメチルフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-(2’,6’-ジメチルフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-7-(2’,6’-ジメチルフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、2,2-ビス〔4’-(3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチルフルオラン)-7-イルアミノフェニル〕プロパン、3-〔4’-(4-フェニルアミノフェニル)アミノフェニル〕アミノ-6-メチル-7-クロロフルオラン、3-〔4’-(ジメチルアミノフェニル)〕アミノ-5,7-ジメチルフルオラン等のフルオラン類、 3-N- (2'-Methoxyethyl) -N-methylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (2'-methoxyethyl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7 -Anilinofluorane, 3-N- (2'-methoxyethyl) -N-isobutylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (2'-ethoxyethyl) -N-methylamino -6-Methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (2'-ethoxyethyl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (3'-methoxypropyl) ) -N-Methylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (3'-methoxypropyl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (3'-Ethoxypropyl) -N- Tylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (3'-ethoxypropyl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (2'-tetrahydrofuran Furfuryl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (4'-methylphenyl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3- Diethylamino-6-ethyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-diethylamino-6-methyl-7- (3'-methylphenylamino) fluoran, 3-diethylamino-6-methyl-7- (2 ', 6'-) Dimethylphenylamino) fluoran, 3-di-n-butylamino-6-methyl-7- (2 ′, 6′-dimethylphenylamino) fluoran, 3-di-n-butylamino-7- 2 ′, 6′-Dimethylphenylamino) fluoran, 2,2-bis [4 ′-(3-N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino-6-methylfluoran) -7-ylaminophenyl] propane, 3- [4 ′-(4-phenylaminophenyl) aminophenyl] amino-6-methyl-7-chlorofluorane, 3- [4 ′-(dimethylaminophenyl)] amino-5,7-dimethylfluoran, and the like fluorans Kind,

 3-(2-メチル-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(2-n-プロポキシカルボニルアミノ-4-ジ-n-プロピルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(2-メチルアミノ-4-ジ-n-プロピルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(2-メチル-4-ジn-ヘキシルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-n-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4,7-ジアザフタリド、3,3-ビス(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-4-アザフタリド、3,3-ビス(1-n-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4又は7-アザフタリド、3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4又は7-アザフタリド、3-(2-ヘキシルオキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4又は7-アザフタリド、3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-フェニルインドール-3-イル)-4又は7-アザフタリド、3-(2-ブトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-フェニルインドール-3-イル)-4又は7-アザフタリド3-メチル-スピロ-ジナフトピラン、3-エチル-スピロ-ジナフトピラン、3-フェニル-スピロ-ジナフトピラン、3-ベンジル-スピロ-ジナフトピラン、3-メチル-ナフト-(3-メトキシベンゾ)スピロピラン、3-プロピル-スピロ-ジベンゾピラン-3,6-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)フルオレン-9-スピロ-3’-(6’-ジメチルアミノ)フタリド、3,6-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)フルオレン-9-スピロ-3’-(6’-ジメチルアミノ)フタリド等のフタリド類、 3- (2-Methyl-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (2-n-propoxycarbonylamino-4-di-n -Propylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (2-methylamino-4-di-n-propylaminophenyl) -3- (1 -Ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (2-methyl-4-din-hexylaminophenyl) -3- (1-n-octyl-2-methylindole-3-) Yl) -4,7-diazaphthalide, 3,3-bis (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -4-azaphthalide, 3,3-bis (1-n-octyl-2-methylindole 3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (2-ethoxy-) 4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-octyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4 or 7-azaphthalide, 3- (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2) -Methylindol-3-yl) -4 or 7-azaphthalide, 3- (2-hexyloxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4 or 7- Azaphthalide, 3- (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-phenylindol-3-yl) -4 or 7-azaphthalide, -(2-butoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-phenylindol-3-yl) -4 or 7-azaphthalide 3-methyl-spiro-dinaphthopyran, 3-ethyl-spiro-dinaphthopyran, 3-phenyl-spiro-dinaphthopyran, 3-benzyl-spiro-dinaphthopyran, 3-methyl-naphtho- (3-methoxybenzo) spiropyran, 3-propyl-spiro-dibenzopyran-3,6-bis (dimethylamino) fluorene- Phthalides such as 9-spiro-3 ′-(6′-dimethylamino) phthalide, 3,6-bis (diethylamino) fluoren-9-spiro-3 ′-(6′-dimethylamino) phthalide,

 更に、2’-アニリノ-6’-(N-エチル-N-イソペンチル)アミノ-3’-メチルスピロ[イソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9’-(9H)キサンテン-3-オン、2’-アニリノ-6’-(N-エチル-N-(4-メチルフェニル))アミノ-3’-メチルスピロ[イソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9’-(9H)キサンテン]-3-オン、3’-N,N-ジベンジルアミノ-6’-N,N-ジエチルアミノスピロ[イソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9’-(9H)キサンテン]-3-オン、2’-(N-メチル-N-フェニル)アミノ-6’-(N-エチル-N-(4-メチルフェニル))アミノスピロ[イソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9’-(9H)キサンテン]-3-オンなどが挙げられる。 Furthermore, 2'-anilino-6 '-(N-ethyl-N-isopentyl) amino-3'-methylspiro [isobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9'-(9H) xanthen-3-one, 2'-anilino -6 '-(N-ethyl-N- (4-methylphenyl)) amino-3'-methylspiro [isobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9'-(9H) xanthene] -3-one, 3'-N , N-Dibenzylamino-6'-N, N-diethylamino spiro [isobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9 '-(9H) xanthene] -3-one, 2'-(N-methyl-N-phenyl) Amino-6 ′-(N-ethyl-N- (4-methylphenyl)) aminospiro [isobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9 ′-(9H) xanthene] -3-one and the like.

 酸発色剤は、スピロピラン化合物、スピロオキサジン化合物、スピロラクトン化合物、スピロラクタム化合物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物であることが好ましい。
 発色後の色素の色相としては、可視性の観点から、緑、青又は黒であることが好ましい。
The acid color former is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of spiropyran compounds, spirooxazine compounds, spirolactone compounds and spirolactam compounds.
The hue of the dye after color development is preferably green, blue or black from the viewpoint of visibility.

 酸発色剤としては市販品を使用することも可能である。例えば、ETAC、RED500、RED520、CVL、S-205、BLACK305、BLACK400、BLACK100、BLACK500、H-7001、GREEN300、NIRBLACK78、BLUE220、H-3035、BLUE203、ATP、H-1046、H-2114(以上、福井山田化学工業(株)製)、ORANGE-DCF、Vermilion-DCF、PINK-DCF、RED-DCF、BLMB、CVL、GREEN-DCF、TH-107(以上、保土ヶ谷化学(株)製)、ODB、ODB-2、ODB-4、ODB-250、ODB-BlackXV、Blue-63、Blue-502、GN-169、GN-2、Green-118、Red-40、Red-8(以上、山本化成(株)製)、クリスタルバイオレットラクトン(東京化成品工業(株)製)等が挙げられる。これらの市販品の中でも、ETAC、S-205、BLACK305、BLACK400、BLACK100、BLACK500、H-7001、GREEN300、NIRBLACK78、H-3035、ATP、H-1046、H-2114、GREEN-DCF、Blue-63、GN-169、クリスタルバイオレットラクトンが、赤外線露光における発色特性が良好なため好ましい。 It is also possible to use a commercial item as the acid color former. For example, ETAC, RED 500, RED 520, CVL, S-205, BLACK 305, BLACK 400, BLACK 100, BLACK 500, H-7001, GREEN 300, NIRBLACK 78, BLUE 220, H-3035, BLUE 203, ATP, H-1046, H-2114 (more, Fukui Yamada Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., ORANGE-DCF, Vermilion-DCF, PINK-DCF, RED-DCF, BLMB, CVL, GREEN-DCF, TH-107 (above, Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), ODB, ODB-2, ODB-4, ODB-250, ODB-BlackXV, Blue-63, Blue-502, GN-169, GN-2, Green-118, Red-40, Red-8 (above, Yamamoto Kasei ) Co., Ltd.), crystal violet lactone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemicals Industry Co., Ltd.), and the like. Among these commercially available products, ETAC, S-205, BLACK 305, BLACK 400, BLACK 100, BLACK 500, H-7001, GREEN 300, NIRBLACK 78, H-3035, ATP, H-1046, H-2114, GREEN-DCF, Blue-63. GN-169 and crystal violet lactone are preferable because they have good color development characteristics in infrared exposure.

 酸発色剤は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 酸発色剤の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分中、0.1~20質量%が好ましく、1~15質量%がより好ましく、2~10質量%が更に好ましい。
The acid color former may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the acid color former is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 2 to 10% by mass in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.

 上記酸発色剤は、酸発生剤と併用することにより発色する。酸発生剤は、赤外線により励起した赤外線吸収剤からの電子移動及び/又はエネルギー移動により酸を発生する化合物である。発生した酸が酸発色剤と反応して発色する。発生する酸としては、スルホン酸、塩酸、ヘキサフルオロリン酸、テトラフルオロホウ酸等が有用である。 The acid color former develops color when used in combination with an acid generator. The acid generator is a compound that generates an acid by electron transfer and / or energy transfer from an infrared absorber excited by infrared radiation. The generated acid reacts with the acid color former to form a color. As the acid to be generated, sulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid, hexafluorophosphoric acid, tetrafluoroboric acid and the like are useful.

 酸発生剤としては、ヨードニウム塩、スルホニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩、ジアゾニウム塩、アジニウム塩等のオニウム塩が挙げられる。具体的には、米国特許第4,708,925号明細書、特開平7-20629号公報、特開2008-195018号公報に記載されている化合物を挙げることができる。また、米国特許第5,135,838号や米国特許第5,200,544号の明細書に記載されているベンジルスルホナート類も好ましい。さらに、特開平2-100054号、特開平2-100055号および特開平9-197671号の各公報に記載されている活性スルホン酸エステル、特開2008-001740号公報に記載のN-ヒドロキシイミド化合物のスルホン酸エステルなどのイミドエステルや特開昭61-166544号、特開2003-328465号公報等に記載のジスルホン化合物類も好ましい。また、J.C.S. Perkin II (1979 )1653-1660)、J.C.S.Perkin II (1979)156-162、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995)202-232、特開2000-66385号公報、特開2000-80068号公報、特開2008-195018号公報に記載のオキシムエステル化合物も好ましい。他にも、特開平7-271029号に記載されているハロアルキル置換されたs-トリアジン化合物も好ましい。 Examples of the acid generator include onium salts such as iodonium salts, sulfonium salts, phosphonium salts, diazonium salts and azinium salts. Specifically, compounds described in US Pat. No. 4,708,925, JP-A-7-20629, and JP-A-2008-195018 can be mentioned. Also preferred are the benzyl sulfonates described in US Pat. Nos. 5,135,838 and 5,200,544. Furthermore, active sulfonic acid esters described in JP-A-2-100054, JP-A-2-100055 and JP-A-9-197671, and N-hydroxyimide compounds described in JP-A-2008-001740. Also preferred are imido esters such as sulfonic acid esters and disulfone compounds described in JP-A-61-166544, JP-A-2003-328465, and the like. Also, J.J. C. S. Perkin II (1979) 1653-1660), J. Org. C. S. Perkin II (1979) 156-162, Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) 202-232, JP-A-2000-66385, JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2008-195018 Compounds are also preferred. Besides, haloalkyl-substituted s-triazine compounds described in JP-A-7-27129 are also preferable.

 酸発生剤としては、ヨードニウム塩、スルホニウム塩及びアジニウム塩が特に好ましい。 As the acid generator, iodonium salts, sulfonium salts and azinium salts are particularly preferred.

 ヨードニウム塩及びスルホニウム塩については、上述の重合開始剤におけるヨードニウム塩及びスルホニウム塩の記載を援用することができる。 For the iodonium salts and sulfonium salts, the descriptions of the iodonium salts and sulfonium salts in the above-mentioned polymerization initiator can be incorporated.

 アジニウム塩の例としては、1-シクロヘキシルメチルオキシピリジニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、1-シクロヘキシルオキシ-4-フェニルピリジニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、1-エトキシ-4-フェニルピリジニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、1-(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)-4-フェニルピリジニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-クロロ-1-シクロヘキシルメチルオキシピリジニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、1-エトキシ-4-シアノピリジニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、3,4-ジクロロ-1-(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)ピリジニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、1-ベンジルオキシ-4-フェニルピリジニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、1-フェネチルオキシ-4-フェニルピリジニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、1-(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)-4-フェニルピリジニウム=p-トルエンスルホナート、1-(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)-4-フェニルピリジニウム=ペルフルオロブタンスルホナート、1-(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)-4-フェニルピリジニウム=ブロミド、1-(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)-4-フェニルピリジニウム=テトラフルオロボラートが挙げられる。 Examples of azinium salts include 1-cyclohexylmethyl oxypyridinium = hexafluorophosphate, 1-cyclohexyloxy-4-phenylpyridinium = hexafluorophosphate, 1-ethoxy-4-phenylpyridinium = hexafluorophosphate, 1- (2-ethylhexyloxy) -4-phenylpyridinium = hexafluorophosphate, 4-chloro-1-cyclohexylmethyloxypyridinium = hexafluorophosphate, 1-ethoxy-4-cyanopyridinium = hexafluorophosphate, 3,4 -Dichloro-1- (2-ethylhexyloxy) pyridinium = hexafluorophosphate, 1-benzyloxy-4-phenylpyridinium = hexafluorophosphate, 1-phenethyl X-4-phenylpyridinium = hexafluorophosphate, 1- (2-ethylhexyloxy) -4-phenylpyridinium = p-toluenesulfonate, 1- (2-ethylhexyloxy) -4-phenylpyridinium = perfluorobutanesulfonate 1- (2-ethylhexyloxy) -4-phenylpyridinium = bromide and 1- (2-ethylhexyloxy) -4-phenylpyridinium = tetrafluoroborate.

 酸発生剤は、本発明に係る有機ボレートアニオンを、アニオンとして含有することができる。この場合、酸発生剤は、本発明に係る特定化合物に相当する。 The acid generator can contain the organic borate anion according to the present invention as an anion. In this case, the acid generator corresponds to the specific compound according to the present invention.

 酸発生剤は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 酸発生剤の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分中、1~30質量%が好ましく、3~20質量%がより好ましく、6~15質量%が更に好ましい。
The acid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the acid generator is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 3 to 20% by mass, and still more preferably 6 to 15% by mass, in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.

〔ラジカル生成助剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、ラジカル生成助剤を含有してもよい。ラジカル生成助剤は、本発明の組成物を平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に適用する場合、平版印刷版原版から作製される平版印刷版の耐刷性向上に寄与する。ラジカル生成助剤としては、例えば、以下の5種類が挙げられる。(i)アルキル又はアリールアート錯体:酸化的に炭素-ヘテロ結合が解裂し、活性ラジカルを生成すると考えられる。具体的には、ボレート化合物等が挙げられる。(ii)アミノ酢酸化合物:酸化により窒素に隣接した炭素上のC-X結合が解裂し、活性ラジカルを生成するものと考えられる。Xとしては、水素原子、カルボキシ基、トリメチルシリル基又はベンジル基が好ましい。具体的には、N-フェニルグリシン類(フェニル基に置換基を有していてもよい。)、N-フェニルイミノジ酢酸(フェニル基に置換基を有していてもよい。)等が挙げられる。(iii)含硫黄化合物:上述のアミノ酢酸化合物の窒素原子を硫黄原子に置き換えたものが、同様の作用により活性ラジカルを生成し得る。具体的には、フェニルチオ酢酸(フェニル基に置換基を有していてもよい。)等が挙げられる。(iv)含錫化合物:上述のアミノ酢酸化合物の窒素原子を錫原子に置き換えたものが、同様の作用により活性ラジカルを生成し得る。(v)スルフィン酸塩類:酸化により活性ラジカルを生成し得る。具体的は、アリールスルフィン駿ナトリウム等が挙げられる。
[Radical formation aid]
The composition of the present invention may contain a radical formation coagent. When the composition of the present invention is applied to the image recording layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor, the radical forming aid contributes to the improvement of the printing durability of the lithographic printing plate prepared from the lithographic printing plate precursor. As a radical formation adjuvant, the following five types are mentioned, for example. (I) Alkyl or arylate complex: It is thought that a carbon-hetero bond is oxidatively cleaved to generate an active radical. Specifically, borate compounds and the like can be mentioned. (Ii) Aminoacetic acid compound: It is believed that oxidation breaks up the C—X bond on the carbon adjacent to nitrogen to generate an active radical. As X, a hydrogen atom, a carboxy group, a trimethylsilyl group or a benzyl group is preferable. Specifically, N-phenylglycines (a phenyl group may have a substituent), N-phenyliminodiacetic acid (a phenyl group may have a substituent), etc. are mentioned. Be (Iii) Sulfur-containing compounds: Those in which the nitrogen atom of the above-mentioned aminoacetic acid compound is replaced by a sulfur atom can generate an active radical by the same action. Specific examples thereof include phenylthioacetic acid (which may have a substituent on the phenyl group) and the like. (Iv) Tin-containing compounds: those in which the nitrogen atom of the above-mentioned aminoacetic acid compound is replaced by a tin atom can generate active radicals by the same action. (V) Sulfinates: Oxidation can generate active radicals. Specifically, sodium arylsulfine and the like can be mentioned.

 ラジカル生成助剤の中で、ボレート化合物が好ましい。ボレート化合物としては、テトラアリールボレート化合物又はモノアルキルトリアリールボレート化合物が好ましく、化合物安定性の観点から、テトラアリールボレート化合物がより好ましい。
 ボレート化合物が有する対カチオンとしては、アルカリ金属イオン又はテトラアルキルアンモニウムイオンが好ましく、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン又はテトラブチルアンモニウムイオンがより好ましい。
Among the radical formation assistants, borate compounds are preferred. As the borate compound, a tetraaryl borate compound or a monoalkyl triaryl borate compound is preferable, and from the viewpoint of compound stability, a tetraaryl borate compound is more preferable.
As a counter cation which a borate compound has, an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkyl ammonium ion is preferable, and a sodium ion, a potassium ion, or a tetrabutyl ammonium ion is more preferable.

 ボレート化合物の具体としては、以下に示す化合物が挙げられる。ここで、X は一価のカチオンを表し、アルカリ金属イオン又はテトラアルキルアンモニウムイオンが好ましく、アルカリ金属イオン又はテトラブチルアンモニウムイオンがより好ましい。また、Buはn-ブチル基を表す。 Specific examples of the borate compound include the compounds shown below. Here, X c + represents a monovalent cation, and is preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkylammonium ion, and more preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetrabutylammonium ion. In addition, Bu represents an n-butyl group.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

 ラジカル生成助剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 ラジカル生成助剤の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分中、0.01~30質量%が好ましく、0.05~25質量%がより好ましく、0.1~20質量%が更に好ましい。
The radical generation assistant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the radical formation aid is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 25% by mass, and further preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. preferable.

〔ポリマー粒子〕
 本発明の組成物が平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に適用される場合、平版印刷版原版の機上現像性向上の観点から、本発明の組成物は、ポリマー粒子を含有してもよい。ポリマー粒子は、熱、好ましくは露光により発生する熱が加えられたときに画像記録層を疎水性に変換できるポリマー粒子であることが好ましい。
 ポリマー粒子は、熱融着性粒子、熱反応性ポリマー粒子、重合性基を有するポリマー粒子、疎水性化合物を内包しているマイクロカプセル、及び、ミクロゲル(架橋ポリマー粒子)から選ばれる少なくとも1つであることが好ましい。中でも、重合性基を有するポリマー粒子及びミクロゲルが好ましい。
[Polymer particles]
When the composition of the present invention is applied to the image recording layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor, the composition of the present invention may contain polymer particles from the viewpoint of improving the on-press developability of the lithographic printing plate precursor. The polymer particles are preferably polymer particles that can convert the image recording layer to hydrophobic when heat, preferably heat generated by exposure, is applied.
The polymer particles are at least one selected from heat fusible particles, heat reactive polymer particles, polymer particles having a polymerizable group, microcapsules containing a hydrophobic compound, and microgel (crosslinked polymer particles). Is preferred. Among them, polymer particles and microgels having a polymerizable group are preferable.

 熱融着性粒子としては、1992年1月のResearch Disclosure No.33303、特開平9-123387号公報、同9-131850号公報、同9-171249号公報、同9-171250号公報及び欧州特許第931647号明細書などに記載の熱可塑性重合体粒子が好適に挙げられる。
 熱融着性粒子を構成するポリマーの具体例としては、エチレン、スチレン、塩化ビニル、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、メタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸エチル、塩化ビニリデン、アクリロニトリル、ビニルカルバゾール、ポリアルキレン構造を有するアクリレート又はメタクリレートなどのモノマーのホモポリマーもしくはコポリマー又はそれらの混合物が挙げられる。好ましくは、ポリスチレン、スチレン及びアクリロニトリルを含む共重合体、ポリメタクリル酸メチルが挙げられる。熱融着性粒子の数平均一次粒径は0.01~2.0μmが好ましい。
As heat fusion particles, for example, Research Disclosure No. 1 in January 1992. No. 33303, thermoplastic polymer particles described in JP-A-9-123387, JP-A-9-131850, JP-A-9-171249, JP-A-9-171250, European Patent 931647, etc. are preferred. It can be mentioned.
Specific examples of the polymer constituting the heat fusible particle include ethylene, styrene, vinyl chloride, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, vinylidene chloride, acrylonitrile, vinyl carbazole, polyalkylene structure And homopolymers or copolymers of monomers such as acrylates or methacrylates, or mixtures thereof. Preferably, polystyrene, a copolymer containing styrene and acrylonitrile, and polymethyl methacrylate can be mentioned. The number average primary particle size of the heat fusible particles is preferably 0.01 to 2.0 μm.

 熱反応性ポリマー粒子としては、熱反応性基を有するポリマー粒子が挙げられる。熱反応性基を有するポリマー粒子は、熱反応による架橋及びその際の官能基変化により疎水化領域を形成する。 The thermally reactive polymer particles include polymer particles having a thermally reactive group. The polymer particles having a thermally reactive group form a hydrophobized region by crosslinking due to thermal reaction and functional group change at that time.

 熱反応性基を有するポリマー粒子における熱反応性基としては、化学結合が形成されるならば、どのような反応を行う官能基でもよく、重合性基が好ましい。その例としては、ラジカル重合反応を行うエチレン性不飽和基(例えば、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基など)、カチオン重合性基(例えば、ビニル基、ビニルオキシ基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基など)、付加反応を行うイソシアナト基又はそのブロック体、エポキシ基、ビニルオキシ基及びこれらの反応相手である活性水素原子を有する官能基(例えば、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基など)、縮合反応を行うカルボキシ基及び反応相手であるヒドロキシ基又はアミノ基、開環付加反応を行う酸無水物及び反応相手であるアミノ基又はヒドロキシ基などが好適に挙げられる。 The thermally reactive group in the polymer particle having a thermally reactive group may be a functional group which carries out any reaction as long as a chemical bond is formed, and a polymerizable group is preferred. Examples thereof include ethylenically unsaturated groups (for example, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, vinyl group, allyl group etc.) which undergo radical polymerization reaction, cationically polymerizable groups (for example, vinyl group, vinyloxy group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group) Etc.), isocyanato group to perform addition reaction or a block thereof, epoxy group, vinyloxy group and functional group having active hydrogen atom (such as amino group, hydroxy group, carboxy group etc.) which is a reaction partner thereof, condensation reaction Preferred examples thereof include a carboxy group to be carried out and a hydroxy group or amino group which is a reaction partner, an acid anhydride which performs a ring-opening addition reaction, an amino group or a hydroxy group which is a reaction partner.

 マイクロカプセルとしては、例えば、特開2001-277740号公報及び特開2001-277742号公報に記載のごとく、画像記録層の構成成分の全て又は一部をマイクロカプセルに内包させたものが挙げられる。画像記録層の構成成分は、マイクロカプセル外にも含有させることもできる。マイクロカプセルを含有する画像記録層としては、疎水性の構成成分をマイクロカプセルに内包し、親水性の構成成分をマイクロカプセル外に含有することが好ましい態様である。 Examples of microcapsules include those in which all or part of the components of the image recording layer are encapsulated in microcapsules, as described in JP-A-2001-277740 and JP-A-2001-277742. The components of the image recording layer can also be contained outside the microcapsules. In a preferred embodiment of the image recording layer containing microcapsules, a hydrophobic component is encapsulated in the microcapsule and a hydrophilic component is contained outside the microcapsule.

 ミクロゲル(架橋ポリマー粒子)は、その内部及び表面の少なくとも一方に、本発明の組成物の構成成分の一部を含有することができる。特に、ラジカル重合性基をその表面に有することによって反応性ミクロゲルとした態様が画像形成感度や耐刷性の観点から好ましい。 The microgel (crosslinked polymer particles) can contain part of the components of the composition of the present invention on at least one of its interior and surface. In particular, an embodiment in which a reactive microgel is obtained by having a radically polymerizable group on the surface is preferable from the viewpoint of image formation sensitivity and printing durability.

 本発明の組成物の構成成分をマイクロカプセル化又はミクロゲル化するためには、公知の方法を用いることができる。
 マイクロカプセルやミクロゲルの体積平均粒径は、0.01~3.0μmが好ましく、0.05~2.0μmがより好ましく、0.10~1.0μmが更に好ましい。この範囲内で良好な解像度と経時安定性が得られる。
 体積平均粒径は、動的光散乱式粒径分布測定装置 LB-500((株)堀場製作所製)を用いて、光散乱法によりにより測定される。
 ポリマー粒子の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分中、5~90質量%が好ましい。
Known methods can be used to microencapsulate or microgelate the components of the composition of the present invention.
The volume average particle size of the microcapsules or microgels is preferably 0.01 to 3.0 μm, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 μm, and still more preferably 0.10 to 1.0 μm. Within this range, good resolution and stability over time can be obtained.
The volume average particle size is measured by a light scattering method using a dynamic light scattering type particle size distribution measuring apparatus LB-500 (manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.).
The content of the polymer particles is preferably 5 to 90% by mass in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.

〔連鎖移動剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、連鎖移動剤を含有してもよい。連鎖移動剤は、本発明の組成物が平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に適用される場合、平版印刷版原版から作製される平版印刷版における耐刷性の向上に寄与する。
 連鎖移動剤としては、チオール化合物が好ましく、沸点(揮発し難さ)の観点で炭素数7以上のチオールがより好ましく、芳香環上にメルカプト基を有する化合物(芳香族チオール化合物)が更に好ましい。チオール化合物は単官能チオール化合物であることが好ましい。
[Chain transfer agent]
The composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. The chain transfer agent, when the composition of the present invention is applied to the image recording layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor, contributes to the improvement of the printing durability of a lithographic printing plate prepared from the lithographic printing plate precursor.
The chain transfer agent is preferably a thiol compound, more preferably a thiol having a carbon number of 7 or more from the viewpoint of boiling point (poor volatility), and still more preferably a compound having a mercapto group on an aromatic ring (aromatic thiol compound). The thiol compound is preferably a monofunctional thiol compound.

 連鎖移動剤の具体例としては、下記の化合物が挙げられる。 The following compounds may be mentioned as specific examples of the chain transfer agent.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030

 連鎖移動剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 連鎖移動剤の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分中、0.01~50質量%が好ましく、0.05~40質量%がより好ましく、0.1~30質量%が更に好ましい。
The chain transfer agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention .

〔低分子親水性化合物〕
 本発明の組成物は、平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に適用される場合、平版印刷版原版から作製される平版印刷版の耐刷性を低下させることなく、平版印刷版原版の機上現像性を向上させるために、低分子親水性化合物を含有してもよい。低分子親水性化合物は、分子量1,000未満の化合物が好ましく、分子量800未満の化合物がより好ましく、分子量500未満の化合物が更に好ましい。
 低分子親水性化合物としては、例えば、水溶性有機化合物としては、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール等のグリコール類及びそのエーテル又はエステル誘導体類、グリセリン、ペンタエリスリトール、トリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート等のポリオール類、トリエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、モノエタノールアミン等の有機アミン類及びその塩、アルキルスルホン酸、トルエンスルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸等の有機スルホン酸類及びその塩、アルキルスルファミン酸等の有機スルファミン酸類及びその塩、アルキル硫酸、アルキルエーテル硫酸等の有機硫酸類及びその塩、フェニルホスホン酸等の有機ホスホン酸類及びその塩、酒石酸、シュウ酸、クエン酸、リンゴ酸、乳酸、グルコン酸、アミノ酸類等の有機カルボン酸類及びその塩、ベタイン類等が挙げられる。
[Low molecular weight hydrophilic compound]
When the composition of the present invention is applied to the image recording layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor, the on-press development of the lithographic printing plate precursor without reducing the printing durability of the lithographic printing plate prepared from the lithographic printing plate precursor In order to improve the properties, low molecular weight hydrophilic compounds may be contained. The low molecular weight hydrophilic compound is preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 1,000, more preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 800, and still more preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 500.
As low molecular weight hydrophilic compounds, for example, as water-soluble organic compounds, glycols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol and the like, ethers or ester derivatives thereof, glycerin, Polyols such as pentaerythritol, tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate, organic amines such as triethanolamine, diethanolamine and monoethanolamine and salts thereof, organic sulfones such as alkyl sulfonic acid, toluene sulfonic acid and benzene sulfonic acid Acids and salts thereof, organic sulfamic acids such as alkyl sulfamic acids and salts thereof, organic sulfuric acids such as alkyl sulfuric acids and alkyl ether sulfuric acids and salts thereof, phenyl phosphonic acid Organic phosphonic acids and salts thereof, tartaric acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, gluconic acid, organic carboxylic acids and salts thereof such as amino acids, betaines, and the like.

 低分子親水性化合物は、ポリオール類、有機硫酸塩類、有機スルホン酸塩類及びベタイン類から選ばれる少なくとも1つが好ましい。 The low molecular weight hydrophilic compound is preferably at least one selected from polyols, organic sulfates, organic sulfonates and betaines.

 有機スルホン酸塩類の具体例としては、n-ブチルスルホン酸ナトリウム、n-ヘキシルスルホン酸ナトリウム、2-エチルヘキシルスルホン酸ナトリウム、シクロヘキシルスルホン酸ナトリウム、n-オクチルスルホン酸ナトリウムなどのアルキルスルホン酸塩;5,8,11-トリオキサペンタデカン-1-スルホン酸ナトリウム、5,8,11-トリオキサヘプタデカン-1-スルホン酸ナトリウム、13-エチル-5,8,11-トリオキサヘプタデカン-1-スルホン酸ナトリウム、5,8,11,14-テトラオキサテトラコサン-1-スルホン酸ナトリウムなどのエチレンオキシド鎖を含むアルキルスルホン酸塩;ベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム、p-トルエンスルホン酸ナトリウム、p-ヒドロキシベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム、p-スチレンスルホン酸ナトリウム、イソフタル酸ジメチル-5-スルホン酸ナトリウム、1-ナフチルスルホン酸ナトリウム、4-ヒドロキシナフチルスルホン酸ナトリウム、1,5-ナフタレンジスルホン酸ジナトリウム、1,3,6-ナフタレントリスルホン酸トリナトリウムなどのアリールスルホン酸塩、特開2007-276454号公報の段落0026~0031及び特開2009-154525号公報の段落0020~0047に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。塩は、カリウム塩、リチウム塩でもよい。 Specific examples of organic sulfonates include alkyl sulfonates such as sodium n-butyl sulfonate, sodium n-hexyl sulfonate, sodium 2-ethylhexyl sulfonate, sodium cyclohexyl sulfonate, sodium n-octyl sulfonate; , 8,11-Trioxapentadecane-1-sulfonic acid sodium, 5,8,11-trioxaheptadecane-1-sulfonic acid sodium, 13-ethyl-5,8,11-trioxaheptadecane-1-sulfone Alkyl sulfonates containing ethylene oxide chains such as sodium acid sodium and sodium 5,8,11,14-tetraoxatetracosan-1-sulphonate; sodium benzene sulphonate, sodium p-toluene sulphonate, p-hydroxy benzene sulphonic acid The Sodium, sodium p-styrenesulfonate, sodium dimethyl-5-sulfonate isophthalate, sodium 1-naphthylsulfonate, sodium 4-hydroxynaphthylsulfonate, disodium 1,5-naphthalenedisulfonate, 1,3,6- And arylsulfonic acid salts such as trisodium naphthalene trisulfonate, compounds described in paragraphs 0026 to 0031 of JP 2007-276454 A and paragraphs 0020 to 0047 of JP 2009-154525 A, and the like. The salt may be a potassium salt or a lithium salt.

 有機硫酸塩類としては、ポリエチレンオキシドのアルキル、アルケニル、アルキニル、アリール又は複素環モノエーテルの硫酸塩が挙げられる。エチレンオキシド単位の数は1~4が好ましく、塩はナトリウム塩、カリウム塩又はリチウム塩が好ましい。具体例としては、特開2007-276454号公報の段落0034~0038に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Organic sulfates include sulfates of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl or heterocyclic monoethers of polyethylene oxide. The number of ethylene oxide units is preferably 1 to 4, and the salt is preferably a sodium salt, potassium salt or lithium salt. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0038 of JP-A-2007-276454.

 ベタイン類としては、窒素原子への炭化水素置換基の炭素数が1~5である化合物が好ましく、具体例としては、トリメチルアンモニウムアセタート、ジメチルプロピルアンモニウムアセタート、3-ヒドロキシ-4-トリメチルアンモニオブチラート、4-(1-ピリジニオ)ブチラート、1-ヒドロキシエチル-1-イミダゾリオアセタート、トリメチルアンモニウムメタンスルホナート、ジメチルプロピルアンモニウムメタンスルホナート、3-トリメチルアンモニオ-1-プロパンスルホナート、3-(1-ピリジニオ)-1-プロパンスルホナート等が挙げられる。 Preferred betaines are compounds having 1 to 5 carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon substituent to the nitrogen atom, and specific examples thereof include trimethyl ammonium acetate, dimethyl propyl ammonium acetate, 3-hydroxy-4-trimethyl ammonium Obtilate, 4- (1-pyridinio) butyrate, 1-hydroxyethyl-1-imidazolioacetate, trimethylammonium methanesulfonate, dimethylpropylammonium methanesulfonate, 3-trimethylammonio-1-propanesulfonate, 3 And-(1-pyridinio) -1-propanesulfonate and the like.

 低分子親水性化合物は疎水性部分の構造が小さく、界面活性作用がほとんどないため、湿し水が画像記録層露光部(画像部)へ浸透して画像部の疎水性や皮膜強度を低下させることがなく、画像記録層のインキ受容性や耐刷性を良好に維持することができる。 The low molecular weight hydrophilic compound has a small hydrophobic part structure and has little surface activity, so that dampening water penetrates the exposed area (image area) of the image recording layer to reduce the hydrophobicity and film strength of the image area. And the ink receptivity and the printing durability of the image recording layer can be well maintained.

 低分子親水性化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 低分子親水性化合物の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分中、0.5~20質量%が好ましく、1~15質量%がより好ましく、2~10質量%が更に好ましい。
The low molecular weight hydrophilic compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound is preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 2 to 10% by mass in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.

〔感脂化剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に適用される場合、平版印刷版原版から作製される平版印刷版におけるインキの着肉性(以下、単に「着肉性」ともいう)を向上させるために、ホスホニウム化合物、含窒素低分子化合物、アンモニウム基含有ポリマー等の感脂化剤を含有してもよい。特に、平版印刷版原版が保護層に無機層状化合物を含有する場合、これらの化合物は、無機層状化合物の表面被覆剤として機能し、無機層状化合物による印刷途中の着肉性低下を抑制することができる。
 感脂化剤としては、ホスホニウム化合物と、含窒素低分子化合物と、アンモニウム基含有ポリマーとを併用することが好ましく、ホスホニウム化合物と、第四級アンモニウム塩類と、アンモニウム基含有ポリマーとを併用することがより好ましい。
[Sepetic agent]
When the composition of the present invention is applied to the image recording layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor, the ink receptivity of the lithographic printing plate prepared from the lithographic printing plate precursor (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "inking property") In order to improve the viscosity, a sensitizing agent such as a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, or an ammonium group-containing polymer may be contained. In particular, when the lithographic printing plate precursor contains an inorganic stratiform compound in the protective layer, these compounds function as a surface coating agent for the inorganic stratiform compound, and suppress the decrease in the ink resistance during printing by the inorganic stratiform compound. it can.
As a sensitizing agent, it is preferable to use a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination, and to use a phosphonium compound, a quaternary ammonium salt, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination. Is more preferred.

 ホスホニウム化合物としては、特開2006-297907号公報及び特開2007-50660号公報に記載のホスホニウム化合物が挙げられる。具体例としては、テトラブチルホスホニウムヨージド、ブチルトリフェニルホスホニウムブロミド、テトラフェニルホスホニウムブロミド、1,4-ビス(トリフェニルホスホニオ)ブタン=ジ(ヘキサフルオロホスファート)、1,7-ビス(トリフェニルホスホニオ)ヘプタン=スルファート、1,9-ビス(トリフェニルホスホニオ)ノナン=ナフタレン-2,7-ジスルホナート等が挙げられる。 Examples of phosphonium compounds include phosphonium compounds described in JP-A-2006-297907 and JP-A-2007-50660. Specific examples thereof include tetrabutylphosphonium iodide, butyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, tetraphenylphosphonium bromide, 1,4-bis (triphenylphosphonio) butane di (hexafluorophosphate), and 1,7-bis (trihydrophosphate). And phenylphosphonio) heptane = sulfate, 1,9-bis (triphenylphosphonio) nonane = naphthalene-2,7-disulfonate and the like.

 含窒素低分子化合物としては、アミン塩類、第四級アンモニウム塩類が挙げられる。また、イミダゾリニウム塩類、ベンゾイミダゾリニウム塩類、ピリジニウム塩類、キノリニウム塩類も挙げられる。中でも、第四級アンモニウム塩類及びピリジニウム塩類が好ましい。具体例としては、テトラメチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、テトラブチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、ドデシルトリメチルアンモニウム=p-トルエンスルホナート、ベンジルトリエチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、ベンジルジメチルオクチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、ベンジルジメチルドデシルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、特開2008-284858号公報の段落0021~0037、特開2009-90645号公報の段落0030~0057に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。 The nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compounds include amine salts and quaternary ammonium salts. Also, imidazolinium salts, benzimidazolinium salts, pyridinium salts, quinolinium salts can be mentioned. Among them, quaternary ammonium salts and pyridinium salts are preferred. Specific examples include tetramethylammonium = hexafluorophosphate, tetrabutylammonium = hexafluorophosphate, dodecyltrimethylammonium = p-toluenesulfonate, benzyltriethylammonium = hexafluorophosphate, benzyldimethyloctylammonium = hexafluorophos And the compounds described in paragraphs 0021 to 0037 of JP-A 2008-284858 and paragraphs 0030 to 0057 of JP-A 2009-90645, and the like.

 アンモニウム基含有ポリマーとしては、その構造中にアンモニウム基を有すればよく、側鎖にアンモニウム基を有する(メタ)アクリレートを共重合成分として5~80モル%含有するポリマーが好ましい。具体例としては、特開2009-208458号公報の段落0089~0105に記載のポリマーが挙げられる。 The ammonium group-containing polymer may have an ammonium group in its structure, and is preferably a polymer containing 5 to 80 mol% of (meth) acrylate having an ammonium group in a side chain as a copolymerization component. Specific examples include the polymers described in paragraphs 0089 to 0105 of JP-A-2009-208458.

 アンモニウム基含有ポリマーは、特開2009-208458号公報に記載の測定方法に従って求められる還元比粘度(単位:ml/g)の値が、5~120の範囲のものが好ましく、10~110の範囲のものがより好ましく、15~100の範囲のものが特に好ましい。上記還元比粘度を重量平均分子量(Mw)に換算した場合、10,000~150,0000が好ましく、17,000~140,000がより好ましく、20,000~130,000が特に好ましい。 The ammonium group-containing polymer preferably has a reduced specific viscosity (unit: ml / g) value of 5 to 120, preferably 10 to 110, which is determined according to the measuring method described in JP-A 2009-208458. Are more preferred, and those in the range of 15 to 100 are particularly preferred. When the reduced specific viscosity is converted to a weight average molecular weight (Mw), 10,000 to 150,000 are preferable, 17,000 to 140,000 are more preferable, and 20,000 to 130,000 are particularly preferable.

 以下に、アンモニウム基含有ポリマーの具体例を示す。(1)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=p-トルエンスルホナート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比10/90、Mw4.5万)
(2)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw6.0万)(3)2-(エチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=p-トルエンスルホナート/ヘキシルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比30/70、Mw4.5万)(4)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/2-エチルヘキシルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw6.0万)(5)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=メチルスルファート/ヘキシルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比40/60、Mw7.0万)(6)2-(ブチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比25/75、Mw6.5万)(7)2-(ブチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルアクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw6.5万)(8)2-(ブチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=13-エチル-5,8,11-トリオキサ-1-ヘプタデカンスルホナート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw7.5万)(9)2-(ブチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート/2-ヒドロキシ-3-メタクロイルオキシプロピルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比15/80/5、Mw6.5万)
Below, the specific example of an ammonium group containing polymer is shown. (1) 2- (trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = p-toluenesulfonate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 10/90, Mw 45,000)
(2) 2- (trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 20/80, Mw 60,000) (3) 2- (ethyldimethylammonium) E) Ethyl methacrylate = p-toluenesulfonate / hexyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 30/70, Mw 45,000) (4) 2- (trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate Copolymer (molar ratio 20/80, Mw 60,000) (5) 2- (trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = methyl sulfate / hexyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 40/60, Mw 70,000) 6) 2- (Butyldimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate G = hexafluorophosphate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 25/75, Mw 65,000) (7) 2- (butyldimethylammonio) ethyl acrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 3 , 6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 20/80, Mw 65,000) (8) 2- (butyldimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = 13-ethyl-5,8,11-trioxa-1- Heptadecanesulfonate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 20/80, Mw 75,000) (9) 2- (butyldimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 3,6 -Dioxaheptyl methacrylate / 2-hydroxy-3-methacroyloxypropyl ester Acrylate copolymer (molar ratio 15/80/5, Mw6.5 50,000)

 感脂化剤の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分中、0.01~30質量%が好ましく、0.1~15質量%がより好ましく、1~10質量%が更に好ましい。 The content of the sensitizing agent is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 1 to 10% by mass, in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.

〔その他の成分〕
 本発明の組成物は、その他の成分として、界面活性剤、重合禁止剤、高級脂肪酸誘導体、可塑剤、無機粒子、無機層状化合物等を含有することができる。具体的には、特開2008-284817号公報の段落0114~0159に記載された各成分を含有することができる。
[Other ingredients]
The composition of the present invention can contain, as other components, surfactants, polymerization inhibitors, higher fatty acid derivatives, plasticizers, inorganic particles, inorganic layered compounds, and the like. Specifically, each component described in paragraphs [0114] to [0159] of JP-A-2008-284817 can be contained.

[平版印刷版原版]
 本発明の平版印刷版原版は、本発明の組成物を含有する画像記録層を支持体上に有する。
 以下に、本発明の組成物の特徴が顕著に発現される機上現像型の平版印刷版原版を例として説明する。
Lithographic printing plate precursor
The lithographic printing plate precursor of the invention has an image recording layer containing the composition of the invention on a support.
Hereinafter, an on-press developable lithographic printing plate precursor in which the features of the composition of the present invention are remarkably exhibited will be described as an example.

〔画像記録層〕
 画像記録層の1つの形態によれば、画像記録層は、赤外線吸収剤、重合性化合物、重合開始剤、並びに、バインダーポリマー及びポリマー粒子の少なくとも1つを含有する。画像記録層は、更に、ラジカル生成助剤、及び、連鎖移動剤を含有することが好ましい。
 画像記録層のもう1つの形態によれば、画像記録層は、赤外線吸収剤、熱融着性粒子、及び、バインダーポリマーを含有する。
 平版印刷版原版の検版性を向上させるため、画像記録層には、酸発色剤を含有させることができる。
 上記画像記録層において、重合開始剤として、本発明に係る特定化合物を用いることができる。また、酸発色剤を含有する画像記録層においては、酸発色剤に対する酸発生剤として、本発明に係る特定化合物を用いることができる。
 画像記録層に含有される赤外線吸収剤、重合性化合物、重合開始剤、バインダーポリマー、ポリマー粒子、ラジカル生成助剤、連鎖移動剤、熱融着性粒子などの各成分、並びに、その含有量については、上記本発明の組成物における記載を参照することができる。
[Image recording layer]
According to one form of the image recording layer, the image recording layer contains an infrared absorber, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, and at least one of a binder polymer and polymer particles. The image recording layer preferably further contains a radical generation aid and a chain transfer agent.
According to another aspect of the image recording layer, the image recording layer contains an infrared absorber, heat fusible particles, and a binder polymer.
In order to improve the plate inspection properties of the lithographic printing plate precursor, the image recording layer may contain an acid color former.
In the image recording layer, the specific compound according to the present invention can be used as a polymerization initiator. In the image recording layer containing an acid color former, the specific compound according to the present invention can be used as an acid generator for the acid color former.
Respective components such as an infrared absorber, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, a binder polymer, a polymer particle, a radical generation aid, a chain transfer agent, a thermally fusible particle and the content thereof contained in the image recording layer See the description in the composition of the present invention above.

<画像記録層の形成>
 画像記録層は、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0142~0143に記載のように、必要な上記各成分を溶剤に分散又は溶解して塗布液を調製し、塗布液を支持体上にバーコーター塗布など公知の方法で塗布し、乾燥することにより形成することができる。
 溶剤としては、公知の溶剤を用いることができる。具体的には、例えば、水、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン(2-ブタノン)、シクロヘキサン、酢酸エチル、エチレンジクロライド、テトラヒドロフラン、トルエン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、アセチルアセトン、シクロヘキサノン、ジアセトンアルコール、エチレングリコールモノメーチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、3-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、メトキシメトキシエタノール、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシプロピルアセテート、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、γ-ブチロラクトン、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル等が挙げられる。溶剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。塗布液中の固形分濃度は1~50質量%程度であることが好ましい。
 塗布、乾燥後における画像記録層の塗布量(固形分)は、用途によって異なるが、良好な感度と画像記録層の良好な皮膜特性を得る観点から、0.3~3.0g/m程度が好ましい。
<Formation of image recording layer>
For example, as described in paragraphs 0142 to 0143 of JP-A-2008-195018, the image recording layer is prepared by dispersing or dissolving the necessary components described above in a solvent to prepare a coating solution, and the coating solution on a support It can form by apply | coating and drying by well-known methods, such as bar-coater application | coating.
A well-known solvent can be used as a solvent. Specifically, for example, water, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone (2-butanone), cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, ethylene dichloride, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, Propylene glycol monoethyl ether, acetylacetone, cyclohexanone, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 3- Methoxy-1-propanol, methoxymethoxy Tanol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxypropyl acetate, N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone And methyl lactate, ethyl lactate and the like. A solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. The solid concentration in the coating solution is preferably about 1 to 50% by mass.
The coating amount (solid content) of the image recording layer after coating and drying varies depending on the application, but from the viewpoint of obtaining good sensitivity and good film properties of the image recording layer, it is about 0.3 to 3.0 g / m 2. Is preferred.

〔下塗り層〕
 本発明の平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層と支持体との間に下塗り層(中間層と呼ばれることもある)を有することが好ましい。下塗り層は、露光部においては支持体と画像記録層との密着を強化し、未露光部においては画像記録層の支持体からのはく離を生じやすくさせるため、耐刷性を損なわずに現像性を向上させることに寄与する。また、赤外線レーザー露光の場合に、下塗り層が断熱層として機能することにより、露光により発生した熱が支持体に拡散することによる感度の低下を防ぐ効果も有する。
[Subbing layer]
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention preferably has a subbing layer (sometimes referred to as an intermediate layer) between the image recording layer and the support. The undercoat layer strengthens the adhesion between the support and the image recording layer in the exposed area and facilitates the peeling of the image recording layer from the support in the unexposed area. Contribute to improving In addition, in the case of infrared laser exposure, the undercoat layer functions as a heat insulating layer, which also has an effect of preventing a decrease in sensitivity due to heat generated by the exposure being diffused to the support.

 下塗り層に用いられる化合物としては、支持体表面に吸着可能な吸着性基及び親水性基を有するポリマーが挙げられる。画像記録層との密着性を向上させるために吸着性基及び親水性基を有し、更に架橋性基を有するポリマーが好ましい。下塗り層に用いられる化合物は、低分子化合物でもポリマーであってもよい。下塗り層に用いられる化合物は、必要に応じて、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。 Examples of the compound used for the undercoat layer include polymers having an adsorptive group capable of adsorbing to the surface of the support and a hydrophilic group. In order to improve the adhesion to the image recording layer, polymers having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group, and further having a crosslinkable group are preferred. The compound used for the undercoat layer may be a low molecular weight compound or a polymer. The compounds used in the undercoat layer may be used as a mixture of two or more, if necessary.

 下塗り層に用いられる化合物がポリマーである場合、吸着性基を有するモノマー、親水性基を有するモノマー及び架橋性基を有するモノマーの共重合体が好ましい。
 支持体表面に吸着可能な吸着性基としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、-PO、-OPO、-CONHSO-、-SONHSO-、-COCHCOCHが好ましい。親水性基としては、スルホ基又はその塩、カルボキシ基の塩が好ましい。架橋性基としては、アクリル基、メタクリル基、アクリルアミド基、メタクリルアミド基、アリル基などが好ましい。
 ポリマーは、ポリマーの極性置換基と、極性置換基と対荷電を有する置換基及びエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物との塩形成で導入された架橋性基を有してもよいし、上記以外のモノマー、好ましくは親水性モノマーが更に共重合されていてもよい。
When the compound used for the undercoat layer is a polymer, a copolymer of a monomer having an adsorptive group, a monomer having a hydrophilic group and a monomer having a crosslinkable group is preferred.
Examples of adsorptive groups capable of adsorbing to the surface of a support include phenolic hydroxy group, carboxy group, -PO 3 H 2 , -OPO 3 H 2 , -CONHSO 2- , -SO 2 NHSO 2- , -COCH 2 COCH 3 Is preferred. The hydrophilic group is preferably a sulfo group or a salt thereof, or a salt of a carboxy group. As the crosslinkable group, an acryl group, a methacryl group, an acrylamide group, a methacrylamide group, an allyl group and the like are preferable.
The polymer may have a crosslinkable group introduced by salt formation of a polar substituent of the polymer and a compound having a polar substituent and a substituent having a counter charge and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, or other than the above. Further monomers, preferably hydrophilic monomers, may be further copolymerized.

 具体的には、特開平10-282679号公報に記載されている付加重合可能なエチレン性二重結合反応基を有しているシランカップリング剤、特開平2-304441号公報記載のエチレン性二重結合反応基を有しているリン化合物が好適に挙げられる。特開2005-238816号、特開2005-125749号、特開2006-239867号、特開2006-215263号の各公報に記載の架橋性基(好ましくは、エチレン性不飽和結合基)、支持体表面と相互作用する官能基及び親水性基を有する低分子又は高分子化合物も好ましく用いられる。
 より好ましいものとして、特開2005-125749号公報及び特開2006-188038号公報に記載の支持体表面に吸着可能な吸着性基、親水性基及び架橋性基を有する高分子ポリマーが挙げられる。
Specifically, a silane coupling agent having an addition-polymerizable ethylenic double bond reactive group described in JP-A-10-282679, and an ethylene-based two coupling agent described in JP-A-2-304441. The phosphorus compound which has a heavy bond reactive group is mentioned suitably. Crosslinkable groups (preferably, ethylenically unsaturated bond groups) described in JP 2005-238816, JP 2005-125749, JP 2006-239867, and JP 2006-215263, and a support Low molecular weight or high molecular weight compounds having a functional group that interacts with the surface and a hydrophilic group are also preferably used.
More preferable examples include polymer polymers having an adsorptive group, a hydrophilic group and a crosslinkable group which can be adsorbed on the surface of a support as described in JP-A-2005-125749 and JP-A-2006-188038.

 下塗り層に用いられるポリマー中のエチレン性不飽和結合基の含有量は、ポリマー1g当たり、好ましくは0.1~10.0mmol、より好ましくは0.2~5.5mmolである。
 下塗り層に用いられるポリマーの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、5,000以上が好ましく、1万~30万がより好ましい。
The content of the ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 to 10.0 mmol, more preferably 0.2 to 5.5 mmol, per 1 g of the polymer.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 5,000 or more, and more preferably 10,000 to 300,000.

 下塗り層は、上記下塗り層用化合物の他に、経時による汚れ防止のため、キレート剤、第二級又は第三級アミン、重合禁止剤、アミノ基又は重合禁止能を有する官能基と支持体表面と相互作用する基とを有する化合物(例えば、1,4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン(DABCO)、2,3,5,6-テトラヒドロキシ-p-キノン、クロラニル、スルホフタル酸、ヒドロキシエチルエチレンジアミン三酢酸、ジヒドロキシエチルエチレンジアミン二酢酸、ヒドロキシエチルイミノ二酢酸など)等を含有してもよい。 In addition to the above-mentioned compounds for the undercoat layer, the undercoat layer has a chelating agent, a secondary or tertiary amine, a polymerization inhibitor, an amino group or a functional group having a polymerization inhibiting ability and a support surface in order to prevent soiling over time. Compounds having a group that interacts with (eg, 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO), 2,3,5,6-tetrahydroxy-p-quinone, chloranil, sulfophthalic acid, hydroxy It may contain ethyl ethylenediamine triacetic acid, dihydroxyethyl ethylenediamine diacetic acid, hydroxyethyl imino diacetic acid, and the like.

 下塗り層は、公知の方法で塗布される。下塗り層の塗布量(固形分)は、0.1~100mg/mが好ましく、1~30mg/mがより好ましい。 The subbing layer is applied in a known manner. The coating amount (solid content) of the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 ~ 100mg / m 2, and more preferably 1 ~ 30mg / m 2.

〔保護層〕
 本発明の平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層の上に保護層(オーバーコート層と呼ばれることもある)を有していてもよい。保護層は酸素遮断により画像形成阻害反応を抑制する機能の他、画像記録層における傷の発生防止及び高照度レーザー露光時のアブレーション防止の機能を有する。
[Protective layer]
The lithographic printing plate precursor of the invention may have a protective layer (sometimes called an overcoat layer) on the image recording layer. The protective layer has a function of preventing the generation of a scratch in the image recording layer and a function of preventing ablation during high-intensity laser exposure, in addition to the function of suppressing the image formation inhibition reaction by oxygen blocking.

 このような特性の保護層については、例えば、米国特許第3,458,311号明細書及び特公昭55-49729号公報に記載されている。保護層に用いられる酸素低透過性のポリマーとしては、水溶性ポリマー、水不溶性ポリマーのいずれをも適宜選択して使用することができ、必要に応じて2種類以上を混合して使用することもできる。具体的には、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール、変性ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン、水溶性セルロース誘導体、ポリ(メタ)アクリロニトリル等が挙げられる。
 変性ポリビニルアルコールとしてはカルボキシ基又はスルホ基を有する酸変性ポリビニルアルコールが好ましく用いられる。具体的には、特開2005-250216号公報及び特開2006-259137号公報に記載の変性ポリビニルアルコールが挙げられる。
The protective layer having such properties is described, for example, in US Pat. No. 3,458,311 and JP-B-55-49729. As the low oxygen permeability polymer to be used for the protective layer, either a water-soluble polymer or a water-insoluble polymer can be appropriately selected and used, and two or more types can be mixed and used as needed. it can. Specifically, for example, polyvinyl alcohol, modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, a water-soluble cellulose derivative, poly (meth) acrylonitrile and the like can be mentioned.
As the modified polyvinyl alcohol, an acid modified polyvinyl alcohol having a carboxy group or a sulfo group is preferably used. Specifically, modified polyvinyl alcohols described in JP-A-2005-250216 and JP-A-2006-259137 can be mentioned.

 保護層は、酸素遮断性を高めるために無機層状化合物を含有することが好ましい。無機層状化合物は、薄い平板状の形状を有する粒子であり、例えば、天然雲母、合成雲母等の雲母群、式:3MgO・4SiO・HOで表されるタルク、テニオライト、モンモリロナイト、サポナイト、ヘクトライト、リン酸ジルコニウム等が挙げられる。
 好ましく用いられる無機層状化合物は雲母化合物である。雲母化合物としては、例えば、式:A(B,C)2-510(OH,F,O)〔ただし、Aは、K、Na及びCaよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の元素であり、B及びCは、Fe(II)、Fe(III)、Mn、Al、Mg及びVよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の元素であり、Dは、Si又はAlである。〕で表される天然雲母、合成雲母等の雲母群が挙げられる。
The protective layer preferably contains an inorganic stratiform compound to enhance the oxygen barrier property. The inorganic stratiform compound is a particle having a thin tabular shape, and, for example, a mica group such as natural mica and synthetic mica, talc represented by the formula: 3MgO.4SiO.H 2 O, teniolite, montmorillonite, saponite, hekto Light, zirconium phosphate and the like can be mentioned.
The inorganic layered compound preferably used is a mica compound. As the mica compound, for example, a compound represented by the formula: A (B, C) 2-5 D 4 O 10 (OH, F, O) 2 (wherein A represents at least one selected from the group consisting of K, Na and Ca) And B and C are at least one element selected from the group consisting of Fe (II), Fe (III), Mn, Al, Mg and V, and D is Si or Al. is there. And micas such as natural micas and synthetic micas.

 雲母群においては、天然雲母としては白雲母、ソーダ雲母、金雲母、黒雲母及び鱗雲母が挙げられる。合成雲母としてはフッ素金雲母KMg(AlSi10)F、カリ四ケイ素雲母KMg2.5Si10)F等の非膨潤性雲母、及び、NaテトラシリリックマイカNaMg2.5(Si10)F、Na又はLiテニオライト(Na,Li)MgLi(Si10)F、モンモリロナイト系のNa又はLiヘクトライト(Na,Li)1/8Mg2/5Li1/8(Si10)F等の膨潤性雲母等が挙げられる。更に合成スメクタイトも有用である。 In the mica group, natural micas include muscovite, soda mica, phlogopite, biotite and phlogopite. Non-swelling micas such as fluorine phlogopite KMg 3 (AlSi 3 O 10 ) F 2 and potassium tetrasilicon mica KMg 2.5 Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 as synthetic micas, and Na tetrasilylic mica NaMg 2. 5 (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , Na or Li Teniolite (Na, Li) Mg 2 Li (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , Montmorillonite Na or Li Hectorite (Na, Li) 1/8 Mg 2 / 5 Swellable mica such as 5 Li 1/8 (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 etc. may be mentioned. Furthermore, synthetic smectites are also useful.

 雲母化合物の中でも、フッ素系の膨潤性雲母が特に有用である。即ち、膨潤性合成雲母は、10~15Å(オングストローム、1Å=0.1nm)程度の厚さの単位結晶格子層からなる積層構造を有し、格子内金属原子置換が他の粘土鉱物より著しく大きい。その結果、格子層は正電荷不足を生じ、それを補償するために層間にLi、Na、Ca2+、Mg2+等の陽イオンを吸着している。これらの層間に介在している陽イオンは交換性陽イオンと呼ばれ、いろいろな陽イオンと交換し得る。特に、層間の陽イオンがLi、Naの場合、イオン半径が小さいため層状結晶格子間の結合が弱く、水により大きく膨潤する。その状態でシェアーをかけると容易に劈開し、水中で安定したゾルを形成する。膨潤性合成雲母はこの傾向が強く、特に好ましく用いられる。 Among the mica compounds, fluorine-based swellable mica is particularly useful. That is, swellable synthetic mica has a laminated structure consisting of unit crystal lattice layers having a thickness of about 10 to 15 Å (angstrom, 1 Å = 0.1 nm), and the substitution of metal atoms in lattice is significantly larger than that of other clay minerals. . As a result, the lattice layer lacks positive charge, and in order to compensate for it, cations such as Li + , Na + , Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ are adsorbed between the layers. The cations intervening between these layers are called exchangeable cations and can be exchanged with various cations. In particular, in the case where the cation between the layers is Li + or Na + , the bond between the layered crystal lattices is weak because the ion radius is small, and the layer swells significantly with water. In this state, shearing readily cleaves to form a stable sol in water. Swellable synthetic mica is strong in this tendency and is particularly preferably used.

 雲母化合物の形状としては、拡散制御の観点からは、厚さは薄ければ薄いほどよく、平面サイズは塗布面の平滑性や活性光線の透過性を阻害しない限りにおいて大きい程よい。従って、アスペクト比は、好ましくは20以上であり、より好ましくは100以上、特に好ましくは200以上である。アスペクト比は粒子の厚さに対する長径の比であり、例えば、粒子の顕微鏡写真による投影図から測定することができる。アスペクト比が大きい程、得られる効果が大きい。 As for the shape of the mica compound, from the viewpoint of diffusion control, the thinner the thickness, the better, and the flat size is better as long as it does not impair the smoothness of the coated surface and the transparency of actinic rays. Therefore, the aspect ratio is preferably 20 or more, more preferably 100 or more, and particularly preferably 200 or more. The aspect ratio is the ratio of the major axis to the thickness of the particle, and can be measured, for example, from a projection of the particle by a micrograph. The larger the aspect ratio, the greater the effect obtained.

 雲母化合物の粒子径は、その平均長径が、好ましくは0.3~20μm、より好ましくは0.5~10μm、特に好ましくは1~5μmである。粒子の平均の厚さは、好ましくは0.1μm以下、より好ましくは0.05μm以下、特に好ましくは0.01μm以下である。具体的には、例えば、代表的化合物である膨潤性合成雲母の場合、好ましい態様としては、厚さが1~50nm程度、面サイズ(長径)が1~20μm程度である。 The average major axis of the particle diameter of the mica compound is preferably 0.3 to 20 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 10 μm, and particularly preferably 1 to 5 μm. The average thickness of the particles is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and particularly preferably 0.01 μm or less. Specifically, for example, in the case of a swellable synthetic mica which is a representative compound, as a preferred embodiment, the thickness is about 1 to 50 nm and the surface size (long diameter) is about 1 to 20 μm.

 無機層状化合物の含有量は、保護層の全固形分に対して、0~60質量%が好ましく、3~50質量%がより好ましい。複数種の無機層状化合物を併用する場合でも、無機層状化合物の合計量が上記の含有量であることが好ましい。上記範囲で酸素遮断性が向上し、良好な感度が得られる。また、着肉性の低下を防止できる。 The content of the inorganic stratiform compound is preferably 0 to 60% by mass, and more preferably 3 to 50% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the protective layer. Even when using a plurality of types of inorganic stratiform compounds in combination, it is preferable that the total amount of the inorganic stratiform compounds has the above content. Within the above range, the oxygen barrier property is improved and good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, it is possible to prevent the deterioration of the inking property.

 保護層は可撓性付与のための可塑剤、塗布性を向上させための界面活性剤、表面の滑り性を制御するための無機粒子など公知の添加物を含有してもよい。保護層は、本発明に係る特定化合物を含有してもよい。保護層は、画像記録層において記載した感脂化剤を含有してもよい。 The protective layer may contain known additives such as a plasticizer for imparting flexibility, a surfactant for improving the coatability, and inorganic particles for controlling the slipperiness of the surface. The protective layer may contain the specific compound according to the present invention. The protective layer may contain the sensitizing agent described in the image recording layer.

 保護層は公知の方法で塗布される。保護層の塗布量(固形分)は、0.01~10g/mが好ましく、0.02~3g/mがより好ましく、0.02~1g/mが特に好ましい。 The protective layer is applied in a known manner. The coating amount of the protective layer (solid content) is preferably 0.01 ~ 10g / m 2, more preferably 0.02 ~ 3g / m 2, particularly preferably 0.02 ~ 1g / m 2.

〔支持体〕
 本発明の平版印刷版原版の支持体は、公知の平版印刷版原版用支持体から適宜選択して用いることができる。支持体としては、公知の方法で粗面化処理され、陽極酸化処理されたアルミニウム板が好ましい。
 アルミニウム板は更に必要に応じて、特開2001-253181号公報及び特開2001-322365号公報に記載されている陽極酸化皮膜のマイクロポアの拡大処理や封孔処理、米国特許第2,714,066号、同第3,181,461号、同第3,280,734号及び同第3,902,734号の各明細書に記載されているようなアルカリ金属シリケートによる表面親水化処理、米国特許第3,276,868号、同第4,153,461号及び同第4,689,272号の各明細書に記載されているようなポリビニルホスホン酸などによる表面親水化処理を適宜選択して行ってもよい。
 支持体は、中心線平均粗さが0.10~1.2μmであることが好ましい。
[Support]
The support of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present invention can be appropriately selected from known lithographic printing plate precursors. The support is preferably an aluminum plate which has been subjected to surface roughening and anodized by a known method.
The aluminum plate may further be subjected to micropore enlargement treatment or sealing treatment of the anodized film described in JP-A-2001-253181 and JP-A-2001-322365 as required, US Pat. No. 2,714, Surface hydrophilization treatment with an alkali metal silicate as described in the specifications of 066, 3,181,461, 3,280,734 and 3,902,734, US The surface hydrophilization treatment with polyvinyl phosphonic acid or the like as described in each specification of Patents 3,276,868, 4,153,461 and 4,689,272 is appropriately selected. It may be done.
The support preferably has a center line average roughness of 0.10 to 1.2 μm.

 支持体は、必要に応じて、画像記録層とは反対側の面に、特開平5-45885号公報に記載の有機高分子化合物又は特開平6-35174号公報に記載のケイ素のアルコキシ化合物等を含むバックコート層を有していてもよい。 The support is, if necessary, an organic polymer compound described in JP-A-5-45885, an alkoxy compound of silicon described in JP-A-6-35174, etc. on the side opposite to the image recording layer. And may have a back coat layer containing

[平版印刷版の作製方法]
 本発明の平版印刷版の作製方法は、本発明の平版印刷版原版を画像露光する工程(露光工程)、及び、画像様露光後の平版印刷版原版を印刷機上で印刷インキ及び湿し水から選ばれる少なくとも1つにより、画像記録層の未露光部を除去する工程(機上現像工程)を含むことが好ましい。
[Method of preparing a lithographic printing plate]
The method of preparing a lithographic printing plate of the present invention comprises the step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor of the present invention (exposure step), and the lithographic printing plate precursor after imagewise exposure on a printing press with printing ink and fountain solution It is preferable to include the step (on-press development step) of removing the unexposed area of the image recording layer according to at least one selected from the above.

〔露光工程〕
 画像露光は、デジタルデータを赤外線レーザー等により走査露光する方法により行うことが好ましい。
 露光光源の波長は、750~1,400nmが好ましく用いられる。750~1,400nmの光源としては、赤外線を放射する固体レーザー及び半導体レーザーが好適である。露光機構は内面ドラム方式、外面ドラム方式、フラットベッド方式等のいずれでもよい。
 露光工程はプレートセッターなどにより公知の方法で行うことができる。また、露光装置を備えた印刷機を用いて、平版印刷版原版を印刷機に装着した後、印刷機上で露光を行ってもよい。
[Exposure process]
Image exposure is preferably performed by a method of scanning exposure of digital data with an infrared laser or the like.
The wavelength of the exposure light source is preferably 750 to 1,400 nm. As a light source of 750 to 1,400 nm, a solid state laser and a semiconductor laser emitting infrared rays are preferable. The exposure mechanism may be any of an inner drum system, an outer drum system, a flat bed system, and the like.
The exposure step can be performed by a plate setter or the like by a known method. Alternatively, the lithographic printing plate precursor may be mounted on a printing press using a printing press equipped with an exposure device, and then exposure may be performed on the printing press.

〔機上現像工程〕
 機上現像工程においては、画像露光後の平版印刷版原版に何らの現像処理を施すことなく、印刷機上において、印刷インキ及び湿し水から選ばれた少なくとも一方、好ましくは印刷インキ及び湿し水を供給して印刷(機上現像)を開始すると、印刷途上の初期の段階で平版印刷版原版の未露光部分が除去され、それに伴って親水性支持体表面が露出し非画像部が形成される。印刷インキ及び湿し水としては、公知の平版印刷用の印刷インキ及び湿し水が用いられる。最初に平版印刷版原版表面に供給されるのは、印刷インキでも湿し水でもよいが、湿し水が除去された画像記録層成分によって汚染されることを防止する点で、最初に印刷インキを供給することが好ましい。
 このようにして、平版印刷版原版はオフセット印刷機上で機上現像され、そのまま多数枚の印刷に用いられる。
[On-press development process]
In the on-press development step, at least one selected from the printing ink and the dampening water, preferably the printing ink and the dampening solution, on the printing press without subjecting the lithographic printing plate precursor after image exposure to any developing treatment. When water is supplied to start printing (on-press development), the unexposed area of the lithographic printing plate precursor is removed at an early stage during printing, and the hydrophilic support surface is exposed accordingly and a non-image area is formed. Be done. Known printing inks and dampening solutions for lithographic printing are used as printing inks and dampening solutions. Although the printing ink or dampening solution may be supplied first to the surface of the lithographic printing plate precursor, the printing ink is the first to prevent the dampening solution from being contaminated by the removed image recording layer component. It is preferable to supply
Thus, the lithographic printing plate precursor is developed on the offset printing press and used as it is for printing a large number of sheets.

 本発明の平版印刷版の作製方法は、上記工程以外に、公知の他の工程を含んでいてもよい。他の工程としては、例えば、各工程の前に平版印刷版原版の位置や向き等を確認する工程や、機上現像工程の後に、印刷画像を確認する確認工程等が挙げられる。 The method of preparing a lithographic printing plate of the present invention may include other known steps in addition to the above steps. Examples of other steps include a step of confirming the position and orientation of the lithographic printing plate precursor before each step, and a confirmation step of confirming a printed image after the on-press development step.

 本発明の平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層の構成成分であるバインダーポリマー等を適宜選択することにより、現像液を用いる現像処理によっても平版印刷版を作製することができる。現像液を用いる現像処理は、アルカリ剤を含むpH14以下の高pHの現像液を用いる態様(アルカリ現像ともいう)、並びに、界面活性剤及び水溶性高分子化合物よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物を含有するpH2~11程度の現像液を用いる態様(簡易現像ともいう)を含む。アルカリ現像及び簡易現像は公知の方法により実施することができる。 The lithographic printing plate precursor of the present invention can also produce a lithographic printing plate by development processing using a developer by appropriately selecting a binder polymer and the like which are constituents of the image recording layer. The development processing using a developer includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a mode (also referred to as alkali development) using a developer with a high pH of 14 or less containing an alkaline agent, and a surfactant and a water-soluble polymer compound. The embodiment (also referred to as simple development) using a developer having a pH of about 2 to 11 containing a compound of a kind is included. The alkali development and the simple development can be carried out by known methods.

[塩化合物]
 また、本発明は、有機ボレートアニオン及びカウンターカチオンからなる塩化合物であって、上記有機ボレートアニオンが、下記式(II)で表わされる有機ボレートアニオンであり、上記カウンターカチオンが、ジアリールヨードニウカチオン又はトリアリールスルホニウムカチオンである塩化合物に関する。
[Salt compound]
The present invention is also a salt compound comprising an organic borate anion and a counter cation, wherein the organic borate anion is an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (II), and the counter cation is a diaryliodonium cation or It relates to a salt compound which is a triarylsulfonium cation.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

 式(II)中、Cy1及びCy2は、同じでも異なってもよく、それぞれ、ホウ素原子、酸素原子及びYと共に形成される環構造を表わし、Yは、それぞれ独立に、-O-又は-NR-を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。 In the formula (II), Cy 1 and Cy 2, which may be the same or different, each represents a ring structure formed together with a boron atom, an oxygen atom and Y, and Y independently represents —O— or —NR 5 And R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.

 式(II)で表わされる有機ボレートアニオン、ジアリールヨードニウカチオン及びトリアリールスルホニウムカチオンの詳細については、それぞれ先の記載を援用することができる。 For details of the organic borate anion represented by the formula (II), the diaryliodonium cation and the triarylsulfonium cation, the above description can be incorporated.

 上記塩化合物は、重合開始剤、酸発生剤として有用な化合物である。 The above salt compounds are compounds useful as a polymerization initiator and an acid generator.

 上記塩化合物は、公知の方法により合成することができる。例えば、カテコール又はサリチル酸誘導体とホウ酸を水酸化ナトリウムの存在下に反応させて式(II)で表される有機ボレートアニオンとカウンターカチオンからなる塩を合成する。次に、この塩のカウンターカチオンを、常法によりジアリールヨードニウカチオン又はトリアリールスルホニウムカチオンと塩交換することにより、上記塩化合物を合成することができる。 The above salt compounds can be synthesized by known methods. For example, a catechol or salicylic acid derivative and boric acid are reacted in the presence of sodium hydroxide to synthesize a salt composed of an organic borate anion represented by the formula (II) and a counter cation. Next, the salt compound can be synthesized by salt exchange of the counter cation of this salt with a diaryliodonium cation or triarylsulfonium cation according to a conventional method.

 以下、実施例により本発明を詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、高分子化合物において、特別に規定したもの以外は、分子量はゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法によるポリスチレン換算値とした質量平均分子量(Mw)であり、繰り返し単位の比率はモル百分率である。また、「部」、「%」は、特に断りのない限り、「質量部」、「質量%」を意味する。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the polymer compounds, molecular weights are mass average molecular weights (Mw) in terms of polystyrene according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method, except for those specified specially, and the ratio of repeating units is molar percentage. Moreover, "part" and "%" mean "mass part" and "mass%" unless there is particular notice.

 本発明に係る特定化合物の合成例を以下に記載する。他の特定化合物も、原料、中間体などを適宜変更することにより、同様にして合成することができる。 Examples of the synthesis of specific compounds according to the present invention are described below. Other specific compounds can be similarly synthesized by appropriately changing the raw materials, intermediates and the like.

合成例1
〔特定化合物I-5の合成〕
(中間体I-5-Naの合成)
 中間体I-5-Naの合成スキームを以下に示す。
Synthesis example 1
[Synthesis of Specific Compound I-5]
(Synthesis of Intermediate I-5-Na)
The synthesis scheme of intermediate I-5-Na is shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

 200mLの三つ口フラスコに、2-ヒドロキシー1-ナフトエ酸9.4g(0.05mol)、ホウ酸1.55g(0.025mol)、水酸化ナトリウム1.0g(0.025mol)及びメタノール50mlを加え、80℃で3時間攪拌した。反応液を室温まで冷却後、メタノールで洗浄しながらフィルター濾過して、中間体I-5-Naを6.5g得た。 In a 200 mL three-necked flask, 9.4 g (0.05 mol) of 2-hydroxy-1-naphthoic acid, 1.55 g (0.025 mol) of boric acid, 1.0 g (0.025 mol) of sodium hydroxide and 50 ml of methanol In addition, it was stirred at 80 ° C. for 3 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and filtered with washing with methanol to obtain 6.5 g of an intermediate I-5-Na.

(特定化合物I-5の合成)
 特定化合物I-5の合成スキームを以下に示す。
(Synthesis of Specific Compound I-5)
The synthesis scheme of the specific compound I-5 is shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

 200mLの三つ口フラスコに、上記中間体I-5-Na3.2g(0.008mol)及び水/アセトニトリル=1/2(体積比)混合溶媒80mlを加え、室温で撹拌した。次いで、(4-オクチルオキシフェニル)(2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニル)ヨードニウム 4-メチルベンゼンスルホナート(上記SM-1)5.9g(0.0088mol)を添加し、室温で4時間撹拌した。その後、析出した固体を水/アセトニトリル=1/1(体積比)混合溶媒で洗浄しながらフィルター濾過して、特定化合物I-5を5.6g(収率80%)得た。 In a 200 mL three-necked flask, 3.2 g (0.008 mol) of the above intermediate I-5-Na and 80 ml of a water / acetonitrile = 1/2 (volume ratio) mixed solvent were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. Next, 5.9 g (0.0088 mol) of (4-octyloxyphenyl) (2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl) iodonium 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (above SM-1) is added and stirred at room temperature for 4 hours did. Thereafter, the precipitated solid was filtered with washing with a mixed solvent of water / acetonitrile = 1/1 (volume ratio) to obtain 5.6 g (yield 80%) of a specific compound I-5.

 得られた特定化合物I-5の構造は、NMRにて同定した。同定結果を以下に示す。
 H-NMR(400MHz、重ジメチルスルホキシド)δ=0.85(m,3H)、1.17-1.4(m,10H)、1.67(m,2H)、3.16(d,4H)、3.85(s,3H)、3.90-4.00(m,8H)、4.10(q,4H)、6.44(s,2H)、6.98(d,2H)、7.1(d,2H)、7.38(t,2H)、7.56(t,2H)、7.8-7.85(m,4H)、8.0(d,2H)、9.35(d,2H)
The structure of the obtained specific compound I-5 was identified by NMR. The identification results are shown below.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, heavy dimethyl sulfoxide) δ = 0.85 (m, 3 H), 1.17-1.4 (m, 10 H), 1.67 (m, 2 H), 3.16 (d, 5) 4H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.90-4.00 (m, 8H), 4.10 (q, 4H), 6.44 (s, 2H), 6.98 (d, 2H) ), 7.1 (d, 2 H), 7. 38 (t, 2 H), 7.56 (t, 2 H), 7.8-7. 85 (m, 4 H), 8.0 (d, 2 H) , 9.35 (d, 2 H)

合成例2
〔塩化合物D-2の合成〕
(中間体SM-5の合成)
 中間体SM-5の合成スキームを以下に示す。
Synthesis example 2
[Synthesis of Salt Compound D-2]
(Synthesis of Intermediate SM-5)
The synthesis scheme of intermediate SM-5 is shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034

 3mLの三つ口フラスコに、5-メチル-2,3,3-トリメチルインドレニン(上記SM-1)217.2g(1.12mol)及び3-メトキシプロピルトシラート(上記SM-2)305.7g(1.25mol)を加え、120℃で3.5時間攪拌しで、中間体(上記SM-3)を得た。この反応液を60℃まで冷却後、イソプロパノール976.3gを加え、40℃で攪拌した。更に、上記SM-4の265.0g(0.50mol)及び無水酢酸127.8g(1.25mol)を加えた。トリエチルアミン316.6g(3.13mol)を滴下した後、80℃にて2時間攪拌した。この反応液を5℃まで冷却し、蒸留水500gを添加して、1時間撹拌した。析出した固体をろ過により回収し、蒸留水1000gで洗浄後、50℃設定の送風乾燥機にて8時間乾燥して、中間体SM-5を336.4g(0.40mol)得た。 In a 3 mL three-necked flask, 217.2 g (1.12 mol) of 5-methyl-2,3,3-trimethylindolenine (SM-1 above) and 3-methoxypropyl tosylate (SM-2 above) 305. 7 g (1.25 mol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C. for 3.5 hours to obtain an intermediate (SM-3 above). The reaction solution was cooled to 60 ° C., 976.3 g of isopropanol was added, and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. Further, 265.0 g (0.50 mol) of the above SM-4 and 127.8 g (1.25 mol) of acetic anhydride were added. After 316.6 g (3.13 mol) of triethylamine was dropped, the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to 5 ° C., 500 g of distilled water was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with 1000 g of distilled water, and dried with a blower dryer set at 50 ° C. for 8 hours to obtain 336.4 g (0.40 mol) of intermediate SM-5.

(塩化合物D-2の合成)
 塩化合物D-2の合成スキームを以下に示す。
(Synthesis of Salt Compound D-2)
The synthesis scheme of the salt compound D-2 is shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035

 200mLの三つ口フラスコに、上記中間体I-5-Na4.06g(0.01mol)及び水/アセトニトリル=2/1(体積比)混合溶媒100mlを加え、室温で撹拌した。次いで上記中間体SM-5を8.33g(0.01mol)添加し、室温で4時間撹拌した。その後、析出した固体を水/アセトニトリル=3/1(体積比)混合溶媒で洗浄しながらフィルター濾過し、塩化合物D-2を12.5g(収率90%)得た。 In a 200 mL three-necked flask, 4.06 g (0.01 mol) of the above intermediate I-5-Na and 100 ml of a water / acetonitrile = 2/1 (volume ratio) mixed solvent were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. Then, 8.33 g (0.01 mol) of the above intermediate SM-5 was added, and stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. Thereafter, the precipitated solid was filtered with washing with a mixed solvent of water / acetonitrile = 3/1 (volume ratio) to obtain 12.5 g (yield 90%) of a salt compound D-2.

 得られた塩化合物D-2の構造は、NMRにて同定した。同定結果を以下に示す。
 H-NMR(400MHz、重ジメチルスルホキシド)δ= 1.10(s,12H)、1.83-1.94(m,4H)、2.30(s,6H)、2.88(s,4H)、3.20(s,6H)、3.29-3.33(m,4H)、4.04(t,4H)、5.84(d,2H)、7.06-7.16(m,8H)、7.18-7.25(m,6H)、7.37-7.47(m,8H)、7.56(t,2H)、7.8-7.85(m,4H)、8.0(d,2H)、9.35(d,2H)
The structure of the obtained salt compound D-2 was identified by NMR. The identification results are shown below.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, heavy dimethyl sulfoxide) δ = 1.10 (s, 12 H), 1.83-1.94 (m, 4 H), 2.30 (s, 6 H), 2.88 (s, 4H), 3.20 (s, 6H), 3.29-3.33 (m, 4H), 4.04 (t, 4H), 5.84 (d, 2H), 7.06-7.16 (M, 8H), 7.18-7.25 (m, 6H), 7.37-7.47 (m, 8H), 7.56 (t, 2H), 7.8-7.85 (m) , 4H), 8.0 (d, 2H), 9.35 (d, 2H)

 塩化合物D-2は有機ボレートアニオンとシアニン色素カチオンからなる本発明に係る塩化合物である。 The salt compound D-2 is a salt compound according to the present invention consisting of an organic borate anion and a cyanine dye cation.

実施例101~109及び比較例101~104
〔平版印刷版原版Aの作製〕
Examples 101 to 109 and Comparative Examples 101 to 104
[Preparation of a lithographic printing plate precursor A]

<支持体の作製>
 厚さ0.3mmのアルミニウム板(材質JIS A 1050)の表面の圧延油を除去するため、10質量%アルミン酸ソーダ水溶液を用いて50℃で30秒間脱脂処理を施した。その後、毛径0.3mmの束植ナイロンブラシ3本とメジアン径25μmのパミス-水懸濁液(比重1.1g/cm)とを用いてアルミニウム板表面を砂目立てし、水でよく洗浄した。アルミニウム板を45℃の25質量%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液に9秒間浸漬してエッチングを行い、水洗後、さらに60℃で20質量%硝酸水溶液に20秒間浸漬し、水洗した。砂目立て表面のエッチング量は約3g/mであった。
<Preparation of support>
In order to remove rolling oil on the surface of an aluminum plate (material JIS A 1050) with a thickness of 0.3 mm, a degreasing treatment was performed for 30 seconds at 50 ° C. using a 10 mass% sodium aluminate aqueous solution. After that, the surface of the aluminum plate is grained using three bunched nylon brushes with a diameter of 0.3 mm and pumice-water suspension (specific gravity: 1.1 g / cm 3 ) with a median diameter of 25 μm, and thoroughly washed with water. did. The aluminum plate was etched by immersing it in a 25% by mass aqueous sodium hydroxide solution at 45 ° C. for 9 seconds, and after washing with water, it was further immersed in a 20% by mass aqueous nitric acid solution at 60 ° C. for 20 seconds and rinsed with water. The etching amount of the grained surface was about 3 g / m 2 .

 次に、60Hzの交流電圧を用いて連続的に電気化学的な粗面化処理を行った。電解液は硝酸1質量%水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)、液温は50℃であった。交流電源波形は、電流値がゼロからピークに達するまでの時間TPが0.8msec、duty比1:1、台形の矩形波交流を用いて、カーボン電極を対極として電気化学的な粗面化処理を行った。補助アノードにはフェライトを用いた。電流密度は電流のピーク値で30A/dm、補助陽極には電源から流れる電流の5%を分流させた。硝酸電解における電気量はアルミニウム板が陽極時の電気量175C/dmであった。その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。 Next, electrochemical surface-roughening treatment was continuously performed using an alternating voltage of 60 Hz. The electrolytic solution was a 1 mass% nitric acid aqueous solution (containing 0.5 mass% of aluminum ion), and the liquid temperature was 50 ° C. The AC power supply waveform is electrochemically roughened with a carbon electrode as a counter electrode, using a trapezoidal rectangular wave AC with a time TP of 0.8 msec and a duty ratio of 1: 1 for the current value to reach a peak from zero Did. Ferrite was used for the auxiliary anode. The current density was 30 A / dm 2 at the peak value of the current, and 5% of the current flowing from the power supply was diverted to the auxiliary anode. The amount of electricity in nitric acid electrolysis was 175 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was an anode. After that, it was rinsed with a spray.

 続いて、塩酸0.5質量%水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)、液温50℃の電解液にて、アルミニウム板が陽極時の電気量50C/dmの条件で、硝酸電解と同様の方法で電気化学的な粗面化処理を行い、その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。
 次に、アルミニウム板に15質量%硫酸水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)を電解液として電流密度15A/dmで2.5g/mの直流陽極酸化皮膜を形成し、水洗、乾燥して支持体Aを作製した。陽極酸化皮膜の表層における平均ポア径(表面平均ポア径)は10nmであった。
 陽極酸化皮膜の表層におけるポア径の測定は、超高分解能型SEM((株)日立製作所製S-900)を使用し、12Vという比較的低加速電圧で、導電性を付与する蒸着処理等を施すこと無しに、表面を15万倍の倍率で観察し、50個のポアを無作為抽出して平均値を求める方法で行った。標準偏差誤差は±10%以下であった。
Subsequently, nitric acid electrolysis is carried out using a 0.5 mass% aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid (containing 0.5 mass% of aluminum ion) and an electrolytic solution with a liquid temperature of 50 ° C. under the condition that the aluminum plate has an electric quantity of 50 C / dm 2 at the anode Electrochemical roughening treatment was carried out in the same manner as in the above, followed by washing with spray.
Next, using a 15% by weight aqueous solution of sulfuric acid (containing 0.5% by weight of aluminum ion) as an electrolytic solution, form a direct current anodic oxide film of 2.5 g / m 2 at a current density of 15 A / dm 2 It dried and the support body A was produced. The average pore diameter (surface average pore diameter) in the surface layer of the anodized film was 10 nm.
The measurement of the pore diameter in the surface layer of the anodized film uses an ultra-high resolution SEM (S-900 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), and uses a deposition process or the like to impart conductivity at a relatively low acceleration voltage of 12 V. The surface was observed at a magnification of 150,000 times without application, and 50 pores were randomly extracted to obtain an average value. The standard deviation error was less than ± 10%.

 その後、非画像部の親水性を確保するため、支持体Aに2.5質量%3号ケイ酸ソーダ水溶液を用いて60℃で10秒間シリケート処理を施し、水洗して支持体Bを作製した。Siの付着量は10mg/mであった。支持体Bの中心線平均粗さ(Ra)を直径2μmの針を用いて測定したところ、0.51μmであった。 Thereafter, in order to ensure the hydrophilicity of the non-image area, support A was subjected to a silicate treatment at 60 ° C. for 10 seconds using a 2.5 mass% aqueous solution of sodium silicate No. 3 for 10 seconds, and washed to prepare support B. . The adhesion amount of Si was 10 mg / m 2 . The center line average roughness (Ra) of the support B was measured using a needle with a diameter of 2 μm and found to be 0.51 μm.

 上記支持体Aの作製において、直流陽極酸化皮膜形成時の電解液を、22質量%リン酸水溶液に変更した以外は、支持体Aの作製方法と同様にして、支持体Cを作製した。陽極酸化皮膜の表層における平均ポア径(表面平均ポア径)を上記と同様の方法で測定したところ、25nmであった。 A support C was produced in the same manner as the support A, except that, in the preparation of the support A, the electrolytic solution for forming the direct current anodic oxide film was changed to a 22% by mass aqueous phosphoric acid solution. It was 25 nm when the average pore diameter (surface average pore diameter) in the surface layer of the anodic oxide film was measured by the same method as the above.

 その後、非画像部の親水性を確保するため、支持体Cに2.5質量%3号ケイ酸ソーダ水溶液を用いて60℃で10秒間シリケート処理を施した後、水洗して支持体Dを作製した。Siの付着量は10mg/mであった。支持体Dの中心線平均粗さ(Ra)を直径2μmの針を用いて測定したところ、0.52μmであった。 Thereafter, in order to ensure the hydrophilicity of the non-image area, the support C is subjected to a silicate treatment at 60 ° C. for 10 seconds using a 2.5% by weight aqueous solution of sodium silicate No. 3 at 60 ° C. Made. The adhesion amount of Si was 10 mg / m 2 . The center line average roughness (Ra) of the support D was measured using a needle with a diameter of 2 μm and found to be 0.52 μm.

<下塗り層の形成>
 上記支持体A上に、下記組成の下塗り層塗布液(1)を乾燥塗布量が20mg/mになるよう塗布して下塗り層を形成した。
<Formation of undercoat layer>
An undercoat layer coating solution (1) having the following composition was applied onto the support A so that the dry coating amount would be 20 mg / m 2 to form an undercoat layer.

(下塗り層塗布液(1))
 ・ポリマー(P-1)〔下記〕             0.18g
 ・ヒドロキシエチルイミノ二酢酸            0.10g
 ・水                        61.4g
(Undercoat layer coating solution (1))
Polymer (P-1) [below] 0.18 g
・ 0.10 g of hydroxyethyl iminodiacetic acid
・ Water 61.4 g

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036

 ポリマー(P-1)の合成法を以下に記載する。 The synthesis method of the polymer (P-1) is described below.

(モノマーM-1の合成)
 3つ口フラスコに、アンカミン 1922A(ジエチレングリコールジ(アミノプロピル)エーテル、エアープロダクツ社製)200部、蒸留水435部及びメタノール410部を加え、5℃まで冷却した。次に安息香酸222.5部及び4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン-1-オキシル(4-OH-TEMPO)0.025部を加え、メタクリル酸無水物280部を、反応液の内温が10℃以下となる様に滴下した。反応液を5℃で6時間撹拌し、次いで25℃にて12時間撹拌した後、リン酸70部を加えpHを3.3に調整した。反応液をステンレスビーカーに移し、酢酸エチル3,320部、メチル-tertブチルエーテル(MTBE)1,120部及び蒸留水650部を加え、激しく撹拌した後静置した。上層(有機層)を廃棄した後、酢酸エチル1,610部1.8Lを加え、激しく撹拌した後静置し、上層を廃棄した。更に、酢酸エチル1,350部を加え、激しく撹拌した後静置し、上層を廃棄した。次いで、MTBE1,190部を加え、激しく撹拌した後静置し、上層を廃棄した。得られた水溶液に4-OH-TEMPO0.063部を加えてモノマーM-1の水溶液(固形分換算20.1質量%)を12,000部得た。
(Synthesis of Monomer M-1)
In a three-necked flask, 200 parts of Ancamine 1922A (diethylene glycol di (aminopropyl) ether, manufactured by Air Products), 435 parts of distilled water and 410 parts of methanol were added and cooled to 5 ° C. Then 222.5 parts of benzoic acid and 0.025 parts of 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxyl (4-OH-TEMPO) are added and 280 parts of methacrylic anhydride are added, It dripped so that the internal temperature of the reaction liquid might be 10 degrees C or less. The reaction solution was stirred at 5 ° C. for 6 hours and then at 25 ° C. for 12 hours, and 70 parts of phosphoric acid was added to adjust the pH to 3.3. The reaction solution was transferred to a stainless beaker, and 3,320 parts of ethyl acetate, 1,120 parts of methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) and 650 parts of distilled water were added, and the mixture was vigorously stirred and then allowed to stand. After discarding the upper layer (organic layer), 1,610 parts of ethyl acetate (1.8 L) was added, vigorously stirred and then allowed to stand, and the upper layer was discarded. Further, 1,350 parts of ethyl acetate was added, the mixture was vigorously stirred and allowed to stand, and the upper layer was discarded. Next, 1,190 parts of MTBE were added, the mixture was vigorously stirred and allowed to stand, and the upper layer was discarded. To the obtained aqueous solution, 0.063 parts of 4-OH-TEMPO was added to obtain 12,000 parts of an aqueous solution of monomer M-1 (20.1% by mass in terms of solid content).

(モノマーM-2の精製)
 ライトエステル P-1M(2-メタクロイロキシエチルアシッドホスフェート、共栄社化学(株)製)420部、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル1,050部及び蒸留水1,050部を分液ロートに加え、激しく撹拌した後静置した。上層を廃棄した後、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル1,050部を加え、激しく撹拌した後静置した。上層を廃棄してモノマーM-2の水溶液(固形分換算10.5質量%)を13,000部得た。
(Purification of Monomer M-2)
After adding light ester P-1M (2-metachlorooxyethyl acid phosphate, Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. product) 420 parts, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether 1,050 parts and distilled water 1,050 parts to a separating funnel and vigorously stirring Let stand. After discarding the upper layer, 1,050 parts of diethylene glycol dibutyl ether was added, and the mixture was vigorously stirred and then allowed to stand. The upper layer was discarded to obtain 13,000 parts of an aqueous solution of monomer M-2 (10.5% by mass in terms of solid content).

(ポリマーP-1の合成)
 三口フラスコに、蒸留水を600.6部、モノマーM-1水溶液を33.1部及び下記モノマーM-3を46.1部加え、窒素雰囲気下で55℃に昇温した。次に、下記滴下液1を2時間掛けて滴下し、30分撹拌した後、VA-046B(和光純薬工業(株)製)3.9部を加え、80℃に昇温し、1.5時間撹拌した。反応液を室温(25℃、以下同様)に戻した後、30質量%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液175部を加え、pHを8.3に調整した。次に、4-OH-TEMPO0.152部を加え、53℃に昇温した。メタクリル酸無水物66.0部を加えて53℃で3時間撹拌した。室温に戻した後、反応液をステンレスビーカーに移し、MTBE1,800部を加え、激しく撹拌した後静置し、上層を廃棄した。同様にしてMTBE1,800部による洗浄操作を更に2回繰り返した後、得られた水層に蒸留水1,700部及び4-OH-TEMPOを0.212部加え、均一溶液としてポリマーP-1(固形分換算11.0%)を41,000部得た。ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法によるポリエチレングリコール換算値とした質量平均分子量(Mw)は20万であった。
(Synthesis of Polymer P-1)
In a three-necked flask, 600.6 parts of distilled water, 33.1 parts of a monomer M-1 aqueous solution and 46.1 parts of the following monomer M-3 were added, and the temperature was raised to 55 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. Next, the following dripping solution 1 is added dropwise over 2 hours, and after stirring for 30 minutes, 3.9 parts of VA-046B (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) is added, and the temperature is raised to 80 ° C .; Stir for 5 hours. The reaction solution was returned to room temperature (25 ° C., hereinafter the same), and then 175 parts of 30% by mass aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added to adjust the pH to 8.3. Next, 0.152 parts of 4-OH-TEMPO was added, and the temperature was raised to 53.degree. 66.0 parts of methacrylic anhydride were added and stirred at 53 ° C. for 3 hours. After returning to room temperature, the reaction solution was transferred to a stainless beaker, and 1,800 parts of MTBE were added. After vigorously stirring, the mixture was allowed to stand and the upper layer was discarded. Similarly, after repeating the washing operation with 1,800 parts of MTBE twice more, 1,700 parts of distilled water and 0.212 parts of 4-OH-TEMPO were added to the obtained aqueous layer to obtain Polymer P-1 as a uniform solution. 41,000 parts (solid content equivalent 11.0%) were obtained. The mass average molecular weight (Mw) made into the polyethylene glycol conversion value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method was 200,000.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037

(滴下液1)
 ・上記モノマーM-1水溶液              132.4g
 ・上記モノマーM-2水溶液              376.9g
 ・モノマーM-3〔上記〕               184.3g
 ・ブレンマー PME4000(日油(株)製)      15.3g
 ・VA-046B(和光純薬工業(株)製)         3.9g
 ・蒸留水                       717.4g
(Dropping liquid 1)
-132.4 g of the above-mentioned monomer M-1 aqueous solution
-376.9 g of the above aqueous solution of monomer M-2
· Monomer M-3 (above) 184.3 g
Brenmer PME 4000 (manufactured by NOF Corporation) 15.3 g
-VA-046B (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 3.9 g
・ 717.4 g of distilled water

 ブレンマー PME4000:メトキシポリエチレングリコールメタクリレート(オキシエチレン単位の繰り返し数:90)
 VA-046B:2,2’-アゾビス[2-(2-イミダゾリン-2-イル)プロパン]ジスルフェートジハイドレート
Blemmer PME 4000: methoxy polyethylene glycol methacrylate (the number of repeating oxyethylene units: 90)
VA-046B: 2,2'-azobis [2- (2-imidazolin-2-yl) propane] disulfate dihydrate

<画像記録層の形成>
 下塗り層上に、下記組成の画像記録層塗布液(1)をバー塗布し、100℃で60秒間オーブン乾燥して乾燥塗布量1.0g/mの画像記録層を形成した。
 画像記録層塗布液(1)は下記感光液(1)及びミクロゲル液を塗布直前に混合し撹拌することにより調製した。
<Formation of image recording layer>
An image recording layer coating solution (1) having the following composition was bar-coated on the undercoat layer, and oven-dried at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an image recording layer having a dry coating amount of 1.0 g / m 2 .
The image recording layer coating solution (1) was prepared by mixing and stirring the following photosensitive solution (1) and microgel solution immediately before coating.

<感光液(1)>
・バインダーポリマー(1)〔下記〕          0.240g
・赤外線吸収剤(D-1)〔下記〕           0.024g
・表A記載の重合開始剤(特定化合物又は公知の化合物) 0.245g
・重合性化合物                    0.192g
  トリス(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート
  (NKエステル A-9300、新中村化学(株)製)
・低分子親水性化合物                 0.062g
  トリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート
・フッ素系界面活性剤(1)〔下記〕          0.008g
・2-ブタノン                    1.091g
・1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール           8.609g
<Photosensitive solution (1)>
· Binder polymer (1) [below] 0.240 g
Infrared absorber (D-1) [below] 0.024 g
-Polymerization initiators described in Table A (specific compounds or known compounds) 0.245 g
・ Polymerizable compound 0.192 g
Tris (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate (NK ester A-9300, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. product)
・ Low molecular weight hydrophilic compound 0.062 g
Tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate / fluorinated surfactant (1) [below] 0.008 g
・ 2-butanone 1.091 g
1-methoxy-2-propanol 8.609 g

<ミクロゲル液>
・ミクロゲル(1)                  2.640g
・蒸留水                       2.425g
<Micro gel solution>
・ Microgel (1) 2.640 g
・ Distilled water 2.425 g

 上記感光液(1)に用いたバインダーポリマー(1)、赤外線吸収剤(D-1)、フッ素系界面活性剤(1)の構造を以下に示す。バインダーポリマー(1)において、各構成単位の括弧の右下の数字はモル比を表す。 The structures of the binder polymer (1), the infrared absorber (D-1), and the fluorinated surfactant (1) used in the photosensitive solution (1) are shown below. In the binder polymer (1), the numbers at the lower right of the parentheses of each constituent unit represent a molar ratio.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040

 上記ミクロゲル液に用いたミクロゲル(1)の調製法を以下に示す。
<多価イソシアネート化合物(1)の調製>
 イソホロンジイソシアネート17.78g(80mmol)と下記多価フェノール化合物(1)7.35g(20mmol)との酢酸エチル(25.31g)懸濁溶液に、ビスマストリス(2-エチルヘキサノエート)(ネオスタン U-600、日東化成(株)製)43mgを加えて撹拌した。発熱が収まった時点で反応温度を50℃に設定し、3時間撹拌して多価イソシアネート化合物(1)の酢酸エチル溶液(50質量%)を得た。
The preparation method of microgel (1) used for the said microgel liquid is shown below.
<Preparation of Polyvalent Isocyanate Compound (1)>
A suspension of 17.78 g (80 mmol) of isophorone diisocyanate and 7.35 g (20 mmol) of the following polyhydric phenol compound (1) in ethyl acetate (25.31 g) was added with bismuth tris (2-ethylhexanoate) (neostan U). -600, 43 mg of Nitto Kasei Co., Ltd. was added and stirred. When the exotherm had subsided, the reaction temperature was set to 50 ° C., and stirring was performed for 3 hours to obtain an ethyl acetate solution (50% by mass) of the polyvalent isocyanate compound (1).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041

<ミクロゲル(1)の調製>
 下記油相成分及び水相成分を混合し、ホモジナイザーを用いて12000rpmで10分間乳化した。得られた乳化物を45℃で4時間撹拌後、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデカ-7-エン-オクチル酸塩(U-CAT SA102、サンアプロ(株)製)の10質量%水溶液5.20gを加え、室温で30分撹拌し、45℃で24時間静置した。蒸留水で、固形分濃度を20質量%になるように調整し、ミクロゲル(1)の水分散液を得た。動的光散乱式粒径分布測定装置 LB-500((株)堀場製作所製)を用いて、光散乱法により体積平均粒径を測定したところ、0.28μmであった。
<Preparation of microgel (1)>
The following oil phase component and aqueous phase component were mixed and emulsified using a homogenizer at 12000 rpm for 10 minutes. After stirring the obtained emulsion at 45 ° C. for 4 hours, 10 mass of 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene-octylate (U-CAT SA 102, manufactured by San Apro Ltd.) 5.20 g of% aqueous solution was added, and it stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and left still at 45 degreeC for 24 hours. The solid content concentration was adjusted to 20% by mass with distilled water to obtain an aqueous dispersion of microgel (1). The volume average particle size was measured by a light scattering method using a dynamic light scattering type particle size distribution analyzer LB-500 (manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.), and it was 0.28 μm.

(油相成分)
(成分1)酢酸エチル: 12.0g
(成分2)トリメチロールプロパン(6モル)とキシレンジイソシアネート(18モル)を付加させ、これにメチル片末端ポリオキシエチレン(1モル、オキシエチレン単位の繰返し数:90)を付加させた付加体(50質量%酢酸エチル溶液、三井化学(株)製): 3.76g
(成分3)多価イソシアネート化合物(1)(50質量%酢酸エチル溶液として): 15.0g
(成分4)ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート(SR-399、サートマー社製)の65質量%酢酸エチル溶液: 11.54g
(成分5)スルホン酸塩型界面活性剤(パイオニンA-41-C、竹本油脂(株)製)の10%酢酸エチル溶液: 4.42g
(Oil phase component)
(Component 1) Ethyl acetate: 12.0 g
(Component 2) An adduct obtained by adding trimethylolpropane (6 moles) and xylene diisocyanate (18 moles) and adding methyl end-terminated polyoxyethylene (1 mole, repeating number of oxyethylene units: 90) to this 50% by mass ethyl acetate solution, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc .: 3.76 g
(Component 3) Polyvalent isocyanate compound (1) (as a 50 mass% ethyl acetate solution): 15.0 g
(Component 4) 65 mass% ethyl acetate solution of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate (SR-399, manufactured by Sartmar): 11.54 g
(Component 5) 10% ethyl acetate solution of sulfonate type surfactant (Pionin A-41-C, manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.): 4.42 g

(水相成分)蒸留水: 46.87g (Water phase component) distilled water: 46.87 g

〔平版印刷版原版の評価〕
 上記各平版印刷版原版Aについて、機上現像性、熱経時安定性(1)、及び耐刷性を以下の評価方法により評価した。評価結果を表Aに示す。
<機上現像性>
 平版印刷版原版を赤外線半導体レーザー搭載の富士フイルム(株)製Luxel PLATESETTER T-6000IIIにより、外面ドラム回転数1,000rpm、レーザー出力70%、解像度2400dpiの条件で露光した。露光画像にはベタ画像及び20μmドットFMスクリーンの50%網点チャートを含むようにした。
 露光された平版印刷版原版を現像処理することなく、(株)小森コーポレーション製印刷機LITHRONE26の版胴に取り付けた。Ecolity-2(富士フイルム(株)製)/水道水=2/98(容量比)の湿し水とValues-G(N)墨インキ(DICグラフィックス(株)製)とを用い、LITHRONE26の標準自動印刷スタート方法で湿し水とインキとを供給し、毎時10,000枚の印刷速度で、特菱アート紙(76.5kg)(三菱製紙(株)製)に100枚印刷を行った。
 印刷機上で画像記録層の未露光部の機上現像が完了し、非画像部にインキが転写しない状態になるまでに要した印刷用紙の枚数を計測し、機上現像性として評価した。枚数が少ない程、機上現像性が良好である。
[Evaluation of lithographic printing plate precursor]
The on-press developability, the heat temporal stability (1), and the printing durability of each of the above lithographic printing plate precursors A were evaluated by the following evaluation methods. The evaluation results are shown in Table A.
<On-machine developability>
The lithographic printing plate precursor was exposed with an external-film laser-mounted Luxel PLATESETTER T-6000 III under the conditions of an outer drum rotational speed of 1,000 rpm, a laser output of 70%, and a resolution of 2400 dpi. The exposed image included a solid image and a 50% dot chart of a 20 μm dot FM screen.
The exposed lithographic printing plate precursor was mounted on a plate cylinder of a printing machine LITHRONE 26 manufactured by Komori Corporation without development processing. Ecoline 2 (Fuji Film Co., Ltd. product) / tap water = 2/98 (volume ratio) dampening water and Values-G (N) ink ink (DIC Graphics Co., Ltd. product), LITHRONE 26 The dampening water and the ink were supplied by the standard automatic printing start method, and 100 sheets were printed on Tobishi Art Paper (76.5 kg) (manufactured by Mitsubishi Paper Industries Co., Ltd.) at a printing speed of 10,000 sheets per hour. .
The number of sheets of printing paper required until on-press development of the unexposed area of the image recording layer was completed on the printing press and the ink was not transferred to the non-image area was measured and evaluated as on-press developability. The smaller the number, the better the on-press developability.

<熱経時安定性(1)>
 平版印刷版原版を25℃、60%の環境下で1時間調湿した後、梱包した。次に、梱包物を60℃で4日間熱経時した。熱経時終了後、上記機上現像性の評価と同様にして、画像露光及び機上現像を行い印刷用紙の枚数を計測し、熱経時安定性(1)を評価した。枚数が少ない程、熱経時安定性が良好である。
<Temperature stability over time (1)>
The lithographic printing plate precursor was conditioned at 25 ° C. under a 60% environment for 1 hour and then packaged. The package was then heat aged at 60 ° C. for 4 days. After completion of heat aging, image exposure and on-machine development were carried out in the same manner as in the evaluation of on-press developability, the number of printing paper sheets was measured, and heat aging stability (1) was evaluated. The smaller the number, the better the thermal stability over time.

〔耐刷性〕
 上記機上現像性の評価を行った後、さらに印刷を続けた。印刷枚数の増加に伴い徐々に画像記録層が磨耗するため印刷物上のインキ濃度が低下した。印刷物におけるFMスクリーン50%網点の網点面積率をグレタグ濃度計で測定した値が印刷100枚目の測定値よりも5%低下するまでの印刷枚数を計測した。耐刷性は、下記式に示すように、印刷枚数が5万枚の場合を100とする相対耐刷性により評価した。数値が大きい程、耐刷性が良好である。
 相対耐刷性=〔(対象平版印刷版原版の印刷枚数)/50,000〕×100 
[Printing durability]
After evaluating the on-press developability, printing was continued. As the image recording layer was gradually worn out as the number of printed sheets increased, the ink density on the printed matter decreased. The number of printed sheets was measured until the value measured by a Gretag densitometer for the halftone dot area rate of 50% halftone dots of the FM screen in the printed matter was 5% lower than the measured value of the 100th printed sheet. The printing durability was evaluated based on relative printing durability, where the number of printed sheets is 50,000 as 100 as shown in the following equation. As the numerical value is larger, the printing durability is better.
Relative printing durability = [(number of copies of target lithographic printing plate precursor) / 50,000] × 100

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042

 表A中、「重合開始剤」の欄に記載のI-1、I-3、I-4、I-6、I-9、I-11、I-12、I-19及びI-24は本発明の特定化合物であり、その構造は先に示したとおりである。また、H-1、H-2、H-3及びH-4は公知の化合物であり、その構造は以下に示すとおりである。式中、TfOはトリフルオロメタンスルホナートアニオンを表し、TsOはトシラートアニオンを表す。化合物H-1~H-4は公知の方法により合成した。 In Table A, I-1, I-3, I-4, I-6, I-9, I-11, I-12, I-19 and I-24 described in the column of "polymerization initiator" are It is a specific compound of the present invention, and its structure is as shown above. H-1, H-2, H-3 and H-4 are known compounds and the structures are as shown below. In the formula, TfO represents trifluoromethanesulfonate anion, and TsO represents tosylate anion. Compounds H-1 to H-4 were synthesized by known methods.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043

 表Aに記載の結果から、本発明に係る特定化合物を重合開始剤として含有する画像記録層を有する平版印刷版原版は、熱経時安定性(1)、機上現像性、及び耐刷性の全てにおいて優れていることがわかる。
 公知の重合開始剤を含有する比較例の平版印刷版原版は、熱経時安定性(1)、機上現像性、及び耐刷性のいずれか1つ以上において劣っている。
From the results described in Table A, it was found that the lithographic printing plate precursor having the image recording layer containing the specific compound according to the present invention as a polymerization initiator had heat stability over time (1), on-press developability, and printing durability. It turns out that everything is excellent.
The lithographic printing plate precursor of the comparative example containing a known polymerization initiator is inferior in any one or more of the heat temporal stability (1), the on-press developability, and the printing durability.

実施例201~209及び比較例201~204
〔平版印刷版原版Bの作製〕
Examples 201 to 209 and Comparative Examples 201 to 204
[Preparation of a lithographic printing plate precursor B]

 上記平版印刷版原版Aの作製において、上記支持体Aの代りに上記支持体Bを用い、上記画像記録層塗布液(1)の代りに、下記画像記録層塗布液(2)を用い、更に、画像記録層上に下記保護層を形成する他は上記平版印刷版原版Aの作製と同様にして、平版印刷版原版Bを作製した。画像記録層塗布液(2)は下記感光液(2)及びミクロゲル液を塗布直前に混合し撹拌することにより調製した。各平版印刷版原版の作製において使用した画像記録層塗布液(2)中の赤外線吸収剤、重合開始剤を表Bにまとめて記載する。 In the preparation of the lithographic printing plate precursor A, the support B is used instead of the support A, and the following image recording layer coating solution (2) is used instead of the image recording layer coating solution (1). A lithographic printing plate precursor B was produced in the same manner as the above-mentioned lithographic printing plate precursor A except that the following protective layer was formed on the image recording layer. The image recording layer coating solution (2) was prepared by mixing and stirring the following photosensitive solution (2) and microgel solution immediately before coating. The infrared absorber and the polymerization initiator in the image recording layer coating solution (2) used in preparation of each lithographic printing plate precursor are summarized in Table B.

<感光液(2)>
・バインダーポリマー(1)〔上記〕:         0.240g
・赤外線吸収剤(D-1)〔上記〕又は(D-2)〔下記〕0.024g
・表B記載の重合開始剤(特定化合物又は公知の化合物) 表B記載の量
・ボレート化合物                   0.020g
   TPB〔下記〕
・重合性化合物                    0.192g
  トリス(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート
  (NKエステル A-9300、新中村化学(株)製)
・酸発色剤                      0.070g
  2’-アニリノ-6’-(N-エチル-N-イソペンチルアミノ)-
  3’-メチルスピロ[フタリド-3,9’-キサンテン]
  (S-205、福井山田化学工業(株)製)
・フッ素系界面活性剤(1)〔上記〕          0.008g
・2-ブタノン                    1.091g
・1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール           8.609g
<Photosensitive solution (2)>
· Binder polymer (1) [above]: 0.240 g
Infrared absorber (D-1) [above] or (D-2) [below] 0.024 g
-Polymerization initiator described in Table B (specific compound or known compound) Amount described in Table B-Borate compound 0.020 g
TPB (below)
・ Polymerizable compound 0.192 g
Tris (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate (NK ester A-9300, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. product)
・ Acid color developing agent 0.070 g
2'-Anilino-6 '-(N-ethyl-N-isopentylamino)-
3'-Methylspiro [phthalide-3,9'-xanthene]
(S-205, manufactured by Fukui Yamada Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
・ Fluorinated surfactant (1) [above] 0.008 g
・ 2-butanone 1.091 g
1-methoxy-2-propanol 8.609 g

<ミクロゲル液>
・ミクロゲル(1)〔上記〕              2.640g
・蒸留水                       2.425g
<Micro gel solution>
・ Microgel (1) [above] 2.640 g
・ Distilled water 2.425 g

 上記感光液(2)に用いた赤外線吸収剤(D-2)、TPBの構造を以下に示す。赤外線吸収剤(D-2)は有機ボレートアニオンとシアニン色素カチオンからなる本発明に係る塩化合物である。 The structures of the infrared absorber (D-2) and TPB used in the photosensitive solution (2) are shown below. The infrared absorber (D-2) is a salt compound according to the present invention which comprises an organic borate anion and a cyanine dye cation.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045

<保護層の形成>
 画像記録層上に、下記組成の保護層塗布液をバー塗布し、120℃で60秒間オーブン乾燥して、乾燥塗布量が0.15g/mの保護層を形成した。
<Formation of Protective Layer>
A protective layer coating solution having the following composition was bar-coated on the image recording layer, and oven-dried at 120 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a protective layer having a dry coating amount of 0.15 g / m 2 .

<保護層塗布液>
・無機層状化合物分散液(1)〔下記〕           1.5g
・ポリビニルアルコール(CKS50、日本合成化学工業(株)製、
  スルホン酸変性、けん化度99モル%以上、重合度300)6質量%水溶液
                             0.55g
・ポリビニルアルコール(PVA-405、(株)クラレ製、
  けん化度81.5モル%、重合度500)6質量%水溶液 0.03g
・界面活性剤(ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、エマレックス710、
  日本エマルジョン(株)製)1質量%水溶液       0.86g
・イオン交換水                      6.0g
<Protective layer coating solution>
· Inorganic layered compound dispersion liquid (1) [below] 1.5 g
-Polyvinyl alcohol (CKS 50, manufactured by Japan Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.,
Sulfonic acid modified, saponification degree 99 mol% or more, polymerization degree 300) 6 mass% aqueous solution 0.55 g
-Polyvinyl alcohol (PVA-405, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.,
Saponification degree 81.5 mol%, polymerization degree 500) 6 mass% aqueous solution 0.03 g
Surfactants (polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, Emarex 710,
Nippon Emulsion Co., Ltd. 1% by weight aqueous solution 0.86 g
-Ion exchange water 6.0 g

 無機層状化合物分散液(1)の調製法を以下に記載する。
<無機層状化合物分散液(1)の調製>
 イオン交換水193.6gに合成雲母(ソマシフME-100、コープケミカル(株)製)6.4gを添加し、ホモジナイザーを用いて平均粒径(レーザー散乱法)が3μmになるまで分散した。得られた分散粒子のアスペクト比は100以上であった。
The preparation method of the inorganic layered compound dispersion liquid (1) is described below.
<Preparation of Inorganic Layered Compound Dispersion (1)>
To 193.6 g of ion-exchanged water, 6.4 g of synthetic mica (Somasif ME-100, manufactured by Coop Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added, and dispersed using a homogenizer until the average particle size (laser scattering method) became 3 μm. The aspect ratio of the obtained dispersed particles was 100 or more.

〔平版印刷版原版の評価〕
 上記各平版印刷版原版Bについて、平版印刷版原版Aにおけると同様に、機上現像性、熱経時安定性(1)、及び耐刷性を評価した。更に、発色性、及び熱経時安定性(2)(リング状発色防止性)を以下の評価方法により評価した。結果を表Bに示す。
[Evaluation of lithographic printing plate precursor]
For each of the above lithographic printing plate precursors B, the on-press developability, the heat temporal stability (1), and the printing durability were evaluated in the same manner as in the case of the lithographic printing plate precursor A. Furthermore, color development and heat aging stability (2) (ring-like color formation preventing property) were evaluated by the following evaluation methods. The results are shown in Table B.

<発色性>
 平版印刷版原版を、水冷式40W赤外線半導体レーザー搭載のCreo社製Trendsetter3244VXにより、出力11.7W、外面ドラム回転数250rpm、解像度2,400dpi(dot per inch、1inch=25.4mm)の条件で露光した。露光は25℃、50%RHの環境下で行った。
 露光直後、平版印刷版原版の発色を測定した。測定は、コニカミノルタ(株)製分光測色計CM2600dとオペレーションソフトCM-S100Wとを用い、SCE(正反射光除去)方式で行った。発色性は、L表色系のL値(明度)を用い、露光部のL値と未露光部のL値との差ΔLにより評価した。表Bには、ΔLの数値を記載した。ΔLの値が大きい程、発色性が優れ、発色による平版印刷原版の検版性にも優れる。
<Coloring property>
A lithographic printing plate precursor was exposed using a water-cooled 40 W infrared semiconductor laser mounted Trendsetter 3244 VX with an output of 11.7 W, an outer drum rotational speed of 250 rpm, and a resolution of 2,400 dpi (dot per inch, 1 inch = 25.4 mm) did. The exposure was performed under the environment of 25 ° C. and 50% RH.
Immediately after exposure, the color development of the lithographic printing plate precursor was measured. The measurement was performed by a SCE (regular reflection light removal) method using a spectrophotometer CM2600d manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd. and operation software CM-S100W. The color development was evaluated by the difference ΔL between the L * value of the exposed area and the L * value of the unexposed area, using the L * value (brightness) of the L * a * b * color system. Table B shows the values of ΔL. The larger the value of ΔL, the better the color developability, and the better the plate inspection properties of the lithographic printing plate precursor by color development.

<熱経時安定性(2)(リング状発色防止性)>
 平版印刷版原版を25℃、60%の環境下で1時間調湿した後、梱包した。次に、梱包物を60℃で4日間熱経時した。熱経時終了後、50×300mmの面積範囲にて、リング状に発色している点を目視で数えた。発色点の数がゼロのものをA、1~10のものをB、10を超えるものをCとしてリング状発色防止性を評価した。平版印刷版原版としては、リング状発色がないことが求められる(B、Cはリング状発色の程度差を表わすための指標)。
<Temperature stability over time (2) (ring color preventing property)>
The lithographic printing plate precursor was conditioned at 25 ° C. under a 60% environment for 1 hour and then packaged. The package was then heat aged at 60 ° C. for 4 days. After the completion of heat aging, the points colored in a ring shape were visually counted in an area range of 50 × 300 mm. The ring-shaped anti-coloring properties were evaluated by setting the number of coloring points to zero, A to 1-10, B to 10, and C to 10 or more. The planographic printing plate precursor is required to have no ring-like coloring (B and C are indicators for expressing the difference in degree of ring-like coloring).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
 

 表B中、「重合開始剤」の欄に記載のI-3、I-4、I-4-Na、I-5、I-9、I-9-Na、I-20及びI-32は本発明の特定化合物であり、その構造は先に示したとおりである。また、H-1、H-2、H-3及びH-4は公知の化合物であり、その構造は先に示したとおりである。また、かっこ内の数値は添加量を表し、単位はgである。 In Table B, I-3, I-4, I-4-Na, I-5, I-9, I-9-Na, I-20 and I-32 described in the column of "polymerization initiator" are It is a specific compound of the present invention, and its structure is as shown above. Also, H-1, H-2, H-3 and H-4 are known compounds, and their structures are as shown above. Moreover, the numerical value in parentheses represents the addition amount, and the unit is g.

 表Bに記載の結果から、本発明に係る特定化合物を重合開始剤として含有する画像記録層を有する平版印刷版原版は、熱経時安定性(1)、機上現像性、耐刷性、発色性、及び熱経時安定性(2)の全てにおいて優れていることがわかる。
 公知の重合開始剤を含有する比較例の平版印刷版原版は、熱経時安定性(1)、機上現像性、耐刷性、発色性、及び熱経時安定性(2)のいずれか1つ以上において劣っている。
From the results described in Table B, the lithographic printing plate precursor having the image recording layer containing the specific compound according to the present invention as a polymerization initiator has heat aging stability (1), on-press developability, printing durability, color development It is understood that all of the properties and the heat temporal stability (2) are excellent.
The lithographic printing plate precursor of the comparative example containing a known polymerization initiator is any one of thermal stability (1), on-press developability, printing durability, color development and thermal stability (2) It is inferior in the above.

実施例301~311及び比較例301~304
〔平版印刷版原版Cの作製〕
Examples 301 to 311 and Comparative Examples 301 to 304
[Preparation of a lithographic printing plate precursor C]

 上記平版印刷版原版Aの作製において、上記支持体Aの代りに上記支持体Cを用い、上記画像記録層塗布液(1)の代りに、下記組成の画像記録層塗布液(3)をバー塗布し、70℃で60秒間オーブン乾燥して、乾燥塗布量0.6g/mの画像記録層を形成して、平版印刷版原版Cを作製した。各平版印刷版原版の作製において使用した画像記録層塗布液(3)中の赤外線吸収剤、重合開始剤を表Cにまとめて記載する。 In the preparation of the lithographic printing plate precursor A, the support C is used instead of the support A, and an image recording layer coating liquid (3) of the following composition is used in place of the image recording layer coating liquid (1). It was coated and oven-dried at 70 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an image recording layer having a dry coating amount of 0.6 g / m 2 , whereby a lithographic printing plate precursor C was produced. The infrared absorbing agent and the polymerization initiator in the image recording layer coating solution (3) used in the preparation of each lithographic printing plate precursor are summarized in Table C.

<画像記録層塗布液(3)>
・赤外線吸収剤(D-3)又は(D-4)〔下記〕     0.018g
・表C記載の重合開始剤(特定化合物又は公知の化合物)  表C記載の量
・ボレート化合物                    0.010g
   TPB〔上記〕
・ポリマー粒子水分散液(1)(22質量%)〔下記〕  10.0g
・重合性化合物                     1.50g
  SR-399(サートマー社製)
・酸発色剤                       0.070g
  2’-アニリノ-6’-(N-エチル-N-イソペンチルアミノ)-
  3’-メチルスピロ[フタリド-3,9’-キサンテン]
  (S-205、福井山田化学工業(株)製)
・メルカプト-3-トリアゾール             0.2g
・Byk 336(Byk Chemie社製)      0.4g
・Klucel M(Hercules社製)       4.8g
・ELVACITE 4026(Ineos Acrylics社製)
                            2.5g
・n-プロパノール                  55.0g
・2-ブタノン                    17.0g
<Image recording layer coating solution (3)>
· Infrared absorber (D-3) or (D-4) [below] 0.018 g
-Polymerization initiator described in Table C (specific compound or known compound) Amount described in Table C-Borate compound 0.010 g
TPB (above)
Polymer particle water dispersion (1) (22% by mass) [below] 10.0 g
・ Polymerizable compound 1.50 g
SR-399 (made by Sartmar)
・ Acid color developing agent 0.070 g
2'-Anilino-6 '-(N-ethyl-N-isopentylamino)-
3'-Methylspiro [phthalide-3,9'-xanthene]
(S-205, manufactured by Fukui Yamada Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
・ Mercapto-3-triazole 0.2 g
・ Byk 336 (manufactured by Byk Chemie) 0.4 g
・ Klucel M (made by Hercules) 4.8 g
・ ELVACITE 4026 (made by Ineos Acrylics)
2.5 g
・ 55.0 g of n-propanol
・ 2-butanone 17.0 g

 上記画像記録層塗布液(3)に用いた赤外線吸収剤(D-3)及び(D-4)、並びに商品名で記載の化合物は下記の通りである。赤外線吸収剤(D-4)は有機ボレートアニオンとシアニン色素カチオンからなる本発明に係る塩化合物である。 The infrared absorbers (D-3) and (D-4) used for the image recording layer coating solution (3) and the compounds described in trade names are as follows. The infrared absorber (D-4) is a salt compound of the present invention comprising an organic borate anion and a cyanine dye cation.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047

SR-399:ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート
Byk 336:変性ジメチルポリシロキサン共重合体(25質量%キシレン/メトキシプロピルアセテート溶液)
Klucel M:ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース(2質量%水溶液)
ELVACITE 4026:高分岐ポリメチルメタクリレート(10質量%2-ブタノン溶液)
SR-399: Dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate Byk 336: Modified dimethylpolysiloxane copolymer (25 mass% xylene / methoxypropyl acetate solution)
Klucel M: hydroxypropyl cellulose (2% by mass aqueous solution)
ELVACITE 4026: Highly branched polymethyl methacrylate (10% by weight 2-butanone solution)

 上記画像記録層塗布液(3)に用いたポリマー粒子水分散液(1)の調製法を以下に示す。
<ポリマー粒子水分散液(1)の調製>
 4つ口フラスコに撹拌機、温度計、滴下ロート、窒素導入管、還流冷却器を施し、窒素ガスを導入して脱酸素を行いつつ、ポリエチレングリコールメチルエーテルメタクリレート(PEGMA、エチレングリコールの平均繰返し単位数:50)10g、蒸留水200g及びn-プロパノール200gを加えて内温が70℃となるまで加熱した。次に、予め混合されたスチレン(St)10g、アクリロニトリル(AN)80g及び2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.8gの混合物を1時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後5時間そのまま反応を続けた後、2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.4gを添加し、内温を80℃まで上昇させた。続いて、0.5gの2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリルを6時間かけて添加した。合計で20時間反応させた段階でポリマー化はモル基準で98%以上進行しており、質量比でPEGMA/St/AN=10/10/80のポリマー粒子水分散液(1)を調製した。ポリマー粒子の粒径分布は、粒径150nmに極大値を有していた。
The preparation method of the polymer particle water dispersion liquid (1) used for the said image recording layer coating liquid (3) is shown below.
<Preparation of Polymer Particle Water Dispersion (1)>
A four-necked flask is provided with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping funnel, a nitrogen introducing pipe, a reflux condenser, and nitrogen gas is introduced to perform deoxygenation, polyethylene glycol methyl ether methacrylate (PEGMA, average repeating unit of ethylene glycol) Number: 50) 10 g, 200 g of distilled water and 200 g of n-propanol were added, and the mixture was heated until the internal temperature reached 70 ° C. Next, a mixture of 10 g of previously mixed styrene (St), 80 g of acrylonitrile (AN) and 0.8 g of 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise over 1 hour. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued for 5 hours, 0.4 g of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added, and the internal temperature was raised to 80.degree. Subsequently, 0.5 g of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added over 6 hours. The polymerization proceeded 98% or more on a molar basis in the stage of reaction for a total of 20 hours, and a polymer particle aqueous dispersion (1) of PEGMA / St / AN = 10/10/80 by weight ratio was prepared. The particle size distribution of the polymer particles had a maximum at a particle size of 150 nm.

 粒径分布は、ポリマー粒子の電子顕微鏡写真を撮影し、写真上で粒子の粒径を総計で5,000個測定し、得られた粒径測定値の最大値から0の間を対数目盛で50分割して各粒径の出現頻度をプロットして求めた。なお非球形粒子については写真上の粒子面積と同一の粒子面積を持つ球形粒子の粒径値を粒径とした。 The particle size distribution is obtained by taking an electron micrograph of the polymer particles, measuring a total of 5,000 particle sizes on the photograph, and on a logarithmic scale between 0 and the maximum value of the obtained particle size measurements. The frequency of occurrence of each particle size was divided into 50 and plotted. With respect to non-spherical particles, the particle diameter value of spherical particles having the same particle area as the particle area in the photograph is taken as the particle diameter.

〔平版印刷版原版の評価〕
 上記各平版印刷版原版Cについて、平版印刷版原版Bにおけると同様に、熱経時安定性(1)、機上現像性、耐刷性、発色性、及び熱経時安定性(2)を評価した。評価結果を表Cに示す。
[Evaluation of lithographic printing plate precursor]
The heat stability over time (1), the on-press developability, the printing durability, the color development property, and the heat stability over time (2) of each of the above lithographic printing plate precursors C were evaluated in the same manner as in the lithographic printing plate precursor B . The evaluation results are shown in Table C.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
 

 表C中、「重合開始剤」の欄に記載のI-3、I-3-Na、I-4、I-6、I-6-Na、I-10、I-12、I-19、I-22及びI-40は本発明の特定化合物であり、その構造は先に示したとおりである。また、H-1、H-2、H-3及びH-4は公知の化合物であり、その構造は先に示したとおりである。また、かっこ内の数値は添加量を表し、単位はgである。 In Table C, I-3, I-3-Na, I-4, I-6, I-6-Na, I-10, I-12, I-19 described in the column of "polymerization initiator". I-22 and I-40 are specific compounds of the present invention, and their structures are as shown above. Also, H-1, H-2, H-3 and H-4 are known compounds, and their structures are as shown above. Moreover, the numerical value in parentheses represents the addition amount, and the unit is g.

 表Cに記載の結果から、本発明に係る特定化合物を重合開始剤として含有する画像記録層を有する平版印刷版原版は、熱経時安定性(1)、機上現像性、耐刷性、発色性、及び熱経時安定性(2)の全てにおいて優れていることがわかる。
 公知の重合開始剤を含有する比較例の平版印刷版原版は、熱経時安定性(1)、機上現像性、耐刷性、発色性、及び熱経時安定性(2)のいずれか1つ以上において劣っている。
From the results described in Table C, the lithographic printing plate precursor having the image recording layer containing the specific compound according to the present invention as a polymerization initiator has heat aging stability (1), on-press developability, printing durability, color development It is understood that all of the properties and the heat temporal stability (2) are excellent.
The lithographic printing plate precursor of the comparative example containing a known polymerization initiator is any one of thermal stability (1), on-press developability, printing durability, color development and thermal stability (2) It is inferior in the above.

実施例401~411及び比較例401~404
〔平版印刷版原版Dの作製〕
Examples 401 to 411 and Comparative Examples 401 to 404
[Preparation of a lithographic printing plate precursor D]

 上記平版印刷版原版Aの作製において、上記支持体Aの代りに上記支持体Dを用い、上記画像記録層塗布液(1)の代りに、画像記録層塗布水溶液(4)をバー塗布し、50℃で60秒間オーブン乾燥して、乾燥塗布量0.93g/mの画像記録層を形成して、平版印刷版原版Dを作製した。各平版印刷版原版の作製において使用した、画像記録層塗布液(4)中の赤外線吸収剤、重合開始剤を表Dにまとめて記載する。 In the preparation of the lithographic printing plate precursor A, the support D is used instead of the support A, and an aqueous solution (4) for coating the image recording layer is coated with a bar instead of the coating solution (1) for the image recording layer, The sheet was oven-dried at 50 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an image recording layer having a dry coating amount of 0.93 g / m 2 , to prepare a lithographic printing plate precursor D. The infrared absorber and the polymerization initiator in the image recording layer coating solution (4) used in the preparation of each lithographic printing plate precursor are summarized in Table D.

<画像記録層塗布液(4)>
・赤外線吸収剤(D-5)又は(D-6)        0.045g
・表D記載の酸発生剤(特定化合物又は公知の化合物)  表D記載の量
・ボレート化合物                   0.010g
   TPB〔上記〕
・ポリマー粒子水分散液(2)〔下記〕         0.693g
・酸発色剤                      0.070g
  2’-アニリノ-6’-(N-エチル-N-イソペンチルアミノ)-
  3’-メチルスピロ[フタリド-3,9’-キサンテン]
  (S-205、福井山田化学工業(株)製)
・Glascol E15               0.09g
  (Allied Colloids Manufacturing社製)
・ERKOL WX48/20 (ERKOL社製)   0.09g
・Zonyl FSO100 (DuPont社製)   0.0075g
<Image recording layer coating solution (4)>
・ Infrared absorber (D-5) or (D-6) 0.045 g
-Acid generator described in Table D (specific compound or known compound) Amount described in Table D-Borate compound 0.010 g
TPB (above)
Polymer particle water dispersion (2) [below] 0.693 g
・ Acid color developing agent 0.070 g
2'-Anilino-6 '-(N-ethyl-N-isopentylamino)-
3'-Methylspiro [phthalide-3,9'-xanthene]
(S-205, manufactured by Fukui Yamada Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
Glassol E15 0.09 g
(Allied Colloids Manufacturing)
・ ERKOL WX48 / 20 (manufactured by ERKOL) 0.09 g
・ Zonyl FSO100 (manufactured by DuPont) 0.0075 g

 上記画像記録層塗布溶液(4)用いた商品名で記載の化合物、ポリマー粒子水分散液(2)、並びに赤外線吸収剤(D-5)及び(D-6)は下記の通りである。赤外線吸収剤(D-6)は有機ボレートアニオンとシアニン色素カチオンからなる本発明に係る塩化合物である。Glascol E15:ポリアクリル酸ERKOL WX48/20:ポリビニルアルコール/ポリ酢酸ビニル共重合体Zonyl FSO100:界面活性剤ポリマー粒子水分散液(2):アニオン性湿潤剤で安定化されたスチレン/アクリロニトリル共重合体(モル比50/50、平均粒径61nm、固形分約20%) The compound described in the trade name used for the image recording layer coating solution (4), the aqueous dispersion of polymer particles (2), and the infrared absorbers (D-5) and (D-6) are as follows. The infrared absorber (D-6) is a salt compound according to the present invention which comprises an organic borate anion and a cyanine dye cation. Glasscol E15: polyacrylic acid ERKOL WX 48/20: polyvinyl alcohol / polyvinyl acetate copolymer Zonyl FSO 100: surfactant polymer particle water dispersion (2): styrene / acrylonitrile copolymer stabilized with anionic wetting agent (Mole ratio 50/50, average particle size 61 nm, solid content about 20%)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050

〔平版印刷版原版の評価〕
 上記各平版印刷版原版Dについて、平版印刷版原版Bにおけると同様に、熱経時安定性(1)、機上現像性、耐刷性、発色性、及び熱経時安定性(2)を評価した。評価結果を表Dに示す。
[Evaluation of lithographic printing plate precursor]
The heat stability over time (1), the on-press developability, the printing durability, the color development property, and the heat stability over time (2) of each of the above lithographic printing plate precursors D were evaluated in the same manner as in the lithographic printing plate precursor B. . The evaluation results are shown in Table D.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
 

 表D中、「酸発生剤」の欄に記載のI-1、I-1-Na、I-2、I-4、I-4-Na、I-8、I-16、I-18、I-28及びI-37は本発明の特定化合物であり、その構造は先に示したとおりである。また、H-1、H-2、H-3及びH-4は公知の化合物であり、その構造は先に示したとおりである。また、かっこ内の数値は乾燥塗布量を表し、単位はgである。 In Table D, I-1, I-1-Na, I-2, I-4, I-4-Na, I-8, I-16, I-18 described in the column of "acid generator". I-28 and I-37 are specific compounds of the present invention, and their structures are as shown above. Also, H-1, H-2, H-3 and H-4 are known compounds, and their structures are as shown above. Also, the numerical value in parentheses represents the dry coating amount, and the unit is g.

 表Dに記載の結果から、本発明に係る特定化合物を酸発生剤として含有する画像記録層を有する平版印刷版原版は、熱経時安定性(1)、機上現像性、耐刷性、発色性、及び熱経時安定性(2)の全てにおいて優れていることがわかる。
 公知の酸発生剤を含有する比較例の平版印刷版原版は、熱経時安定性(1)、機上現像性、耐刷性、発色性、及び熱経時安定性(2)のいずれか1つ以上において劣っている。
From the results described in Table D, the lithographic printing plate precursor having the image recording layer containing the specific compound according to the present invention as an acid generator has heat aging stability (1), on-press developability, printing durability, color development It is understood that all of the properties and the heat temporal stability (2) are excellent.
The lithographic printing plate precursor of the comparative example containing a known acid generator has any one of thermal stability (1), on-press developability, printing durability, color development and thermal stability (2). It is inferior in the above.

 本発明によれば、高い熱経時安定性を有し、且つ、光照射により良好に硬化する硬化性組成物を提供することができる。
 更に、本発明によれば、高い熱経時安定性を有し、機上現像性に優れ、且つ、優れた耐刷性を有する平版印刷版を作製できる平版印刷版原版を提供することができる。
 更に、本発明によれば、高い熱経時安定性を有し、検版性及び機上現像性に優れ、且つ、優れた耐刷性を有する平版印刷版を作製できる平版印刷版原版を提供することができる。
 更に、本発明によれば、上記平版印刷版原版を用いる平版印刷版の作製方法を提供することである。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a curable composition which has high heat aging stability and cures well by light irradiation.
Furthermore, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a lithographic printing plate precursor capable of producing a lithographic printing plate having high thermal temporal stability, excellent in on-press developability, and excellent printing durability.
Furthermore, according to the present invention, there is provided a lithographic printing plate precursor capable of producing a lithographic printing plate having high thermal stability over time, being excellent in plate inspection properties and on-press developability, and having excellent printing durability. be able to.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a method of preparing a lithographic printing plate using the above lithographic printing plate precursor.

 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2017年4月28日出願の日本特許出願(特願2017-90815)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
 
Although the invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on Japanese Patent Application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2017-90815) filed on April 28, 2017, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (16)

 (A)下記式(I)で表わされる有機ボレートアニオン、及び、(B)カウンターカチオンからなる塩化合物を含有する硬化性組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

 式(I)中、R~Rは、同じでも異なってもよく、それぞれ独立に、1価の置換基を表すか、あるいは、R~Rの2つ以上が互いに結合してホウ素原子、酸素原子及びYと共に環構造を形成してもよい。Yは、それぞれ独立に、-O-又は-NR-を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
A curable composition comprising (A) an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (I), and (B) a salt compound comprising a counter cation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

In formula (I), R 1 to R 4, which may be the same or different, each independently represents a monovalent substituent, or two or more of R 1 to R 4 are bonded to each other to form boron The ring structure may be formed together with the atom, the oxygen atom and Y. Y each independently represents -O- or -NR 5- , and R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group Represents
 前記有機ボレートアニオンが、下記式(II)で表わされる有機ボレートアニオンである請求項1に記載の硬化性組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

 式(II)中、Cy1及びCy2は、同じでも異なってもよく、それぞれ、ホウ素原子、酸素原子及びYと共に形成される環構造を表わし、Yは、それぞれ独立に、-O-又は-NR-を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
The curable composition according to claim 1, wherein the organic borate anion is an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (II).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

In the formula (II), Cy 1 and Cy 2, which may be the same or different, each represents a ring structure formed together with a boron atom, an oxygen atom and Y, and Y independently represents —O— or —NR 5 And R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
 前記有機ボレートアニオンが、下記式(III)で表わされる有機ボレートアニオンである請求項1又は2に記載の硬化性組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

 式(III)中、R~R14は、同じでも異なってもよく、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルエステル基、又はアルケニルエステル基を表す。R~R14の隣接する2つが互いに結合して環構造を形成していてもよい。
The curable composition according to claim 1, wherein the organic borate anion is an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

In formula (III), R 7 to R 14 may be the same or different and each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkyl ester group, or an alkenyl group. Represents an ester group. Adjacent two of R 7 to R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
 前記カウンターカチオンが、ジアリールヨードニウムカチオン又はトリアリールスルホニウムカチオンである請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the counter cation is a diaryliodonium cation or a triarylsulfonium cation.  前記カウンターカチオンが、アルカリ金属イオン、アルカリ土類金属イオン又は窒素原子上に電荷をもつ有機カチオンである請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the counter cation is an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth metal ion or an organic cation having a charge on a nitrogen atom.  前記カウンターカチオンが、シアニン色素におけるカウンターカチオンである請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the counter cation is a counter cation in a cyanine dye.  重合性化合物、赤外線吸収剤を更に含む請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, further comprising a polymerizable compound and an infrared absorber.  前記赤外線吸収剤が、シアニン色素である請求項7に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to claim 7, wherein the infrared absorber is a cyanine dye.  酸発色剤を更に含む請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, further comprising an acid color former.  ポリマー粒子を更に含む請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, further comprising polymer particles.  バインダーポリマーを更に含む、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, further comprising a binder polymer.  請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版用硬化性組成物。 A curable composition for a lithographic printing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 11.  請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物を含有する画像記録層を支持体上に有する平版印刷版原版。 A lithographic printing plate precursor having an image recording layer containing the curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12 on a support.  前記画像記録層上に、保護層を有する請求項13に記載の平版印刷版原版。 The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in claim 13, further comprising a protective layer on the image recording layer.  請求項13又は14に記載の平版印刷版原版を画像露光する工程と、印刷機上で印刷インキ及び湿し水から選ばれる少なくとも1つにより、前記画像記録層の未露光部分を除去する工程とを含む平版印刷版の作製方法。 A step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to claim 13 or 14, a step of removing an unexposed portion of the image recording layer by at least one selected from printing ink and dampening water on a printing press A method of preparing a lithographic printing plate comprising:  有機ボレートアニオン及びカウンターカチオンからなる塩化合物であって、前記有機ボレートアニオンが、下記式(II)で表わされる有機ボレートアニオンであり、前記カウンターカチオンが、ジアリールヨードニウカチオン又はトリアリールスルホニウムカチオンである塩化合物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

 式(II)中、Cy1及びCy2は、同じでも異なってもよく、それぞれ、ホウ素原子、酸素原子及びYと共に形成される環構造を表わし、Yは、それぞれ独立に、-O-又は-NR-を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
A salt compound comprising an organic borate anion and a counter cation, wherein the organic borate anion is an organic borate anion represented by the following formula (II), and the counter cation is a diaryliodonium cation or a triarylsulfonium cation Salt compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

In the formula (II), Cy 1 and Cy 2, which may be the same or different, each represents a ring structure formed together with a boron atom, an oxygen atom and Y, and Y independently represents —O— or —NR 5 And R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
PCT/JP2018/017286 2017-04-28 2018-04-27 Curable composition, planographic printing master plate, method for manufacturing planographic printing plate, and salt compound Ceased WO2018199316A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017090815 2017-04-28
JP2017-090815 2017-04-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018199316A1 true WO2018199316A1 (en) 2018-11-01

Family

ID=63919916

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/017286 Ceased WO2018199316A1 (en) 2017-04-28 2018-04-27 Curable composition, planographic printing master plate, method for manufacturing planographic printing plate, and salt compound

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018199316A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003277510A (en) * 2002-03-22 2003-10-02 Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd Manufacturing method of latent catalyst
JP2014037530A (en) * 2012-07-19 2014-02-27 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Salt for dye
KR20140147020A (en) * 2013-06-18 2014-12-29 주식회사 엘지화학 Dye and color filter comprising the same
JP2015125290A (en) * 2013-12-26 2015-07-06 岡本化学工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition and lithographic printing plate precursor using the same

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003277510A (en) * 2002-03-22 2003-10-02 Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd Manufacturing method of latent catalyst
JP2014037530A (en) * 2012-07-19 2014-02-27 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Salt for dye
KR20140147020A (en) * 2013-06-18 2014-12-29 주식회사 엘지화학 Dye and color filter comprising the same
JP2015125290A (en) * 2013-12-26 2015-07-06 岡本化学工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition and lithographic printing plate precursor using the same

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6621570B2 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing plate preparation method
JP6785295B2 (en) Color-developing composition, lithographic printing plate original plate, lithographic printing plate preparation method, and color-developing compound
JP6486741B2 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor, method of making lithographic printing plate, and printing method
JP6832431B2 (en) Planographic printing plate original plate, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and color-developing composition
WO2018159640A1 (en) Curable composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, method for preparing lithographic printing plate, and compound
JP7282885B2 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor, method for preparing lithographic printing plate, and method for lithographic printing
JP7372324B2 (en) On-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing a lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
JP7408675B2 (en) Planographic printing plate original plate, method for preparing a planographic printing plate, and planographic printing method
WO2020045586A1 (en) Planographic printing original plate, method for producing planographic printing plate, planographic printing method and curable composition
JP2023171431A (en) Planographic printing plate original plate, method for preparing a planographic printing plate, and planographic printing method
JP7669148B2 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor, method for preparing a lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
WO2020158288A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor, method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
JP7293377B2 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor, method for preparing lithographic printing plate, and method for lithographic printing
JP7321261B2 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor, method for preparing lithographic printing plate, and method for lithographic printing
JP2023016860A (en) On-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor, method of producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
WO2019013139A1 (en) Planographic printing original plate, method for preparing planographic printing plate, color developing composition, curable composition, and image forming material
WO2018199316A1 (en) Curable composition, planographic printing master plate, method for manufacturing planographic printing plate, and salt compound
WO2020026808A1 (en) On-press-development-type lithographic printing plate precursor, manufacturing method for lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
JP7321115B2 (en) On-machine development type lithographic printing plate precursor, method for preparing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
CN112512827B (en) On-press developable lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
WO2018159626A1 (en) Curable composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, and method for preparing lithographic printing plate
CN112512828B (en) On-press developable lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
CN112512826B (en) On-press developable lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
JP2018168269A (en) Color-forming composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, and plate making method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18791902

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18791902

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP